Donate
   
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Amarakosha Search
26 results
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
adhyāhāraḥMasculineSingulartarkaḥ, ūhaḥreasoning
adhyakṣaḥ2.8.6MasculineSingularadhikṛtaḥ
adhyakṣaḥ3.3.233MasculineSingularsāraṅgaḥ
adhyeṣaṇā2.7.35FeminineSingularsaniḥ
aryaḥ3.3.154MasculineSingularasākalyam, gajānāṃmadhyamaṃgatam
daraḥ3.3.192MasculineSingularvinā, tādarthyam, paridhānam, avasaraḥ, ātmīyaḥ, bhedaḥ, avadhiḥ, antarātmā, bahiḥ, chidram, antardhiḥ, avakāśaḥ, madhyaḥ
dhāma3.3.131NeuterSingularprabhāvaḥ, adhyāsanam, cakram, puram
joṣam3.3.259MasculineSingularantikam, madhyaḥ
kaukkuṭikaḥ3.3.17MasculineSingularmadhyaratnam, netā
kṛtasapatnikā2.6.7FeminineSingularadhyūḍhā, ‍adhivinnā
kṣamā3.3.150FeminineSingularadhyātmam
lastakaḥ2.8.86MasculineSingulardhanurmadhyam
madhyadeśaḥ2.1.7MasculineSingularmadhyamaḥ
madhyamam2.6.80NeuterSingularmadhyaḥ, avalagnam
svarāḥ1.7.1MasculinePluralṣaḍjaḥ, madhyamaḥ, dhaivataḥ, niṣādaḥ, pañcamaḥ, ṛṣabhaḥ, gāndhāraḥa note of the musical scale or gamut
upādhyāyaḥ2.7.7MasculineSingularadhyāpakaḥ
utsāhaḥMasculineSingularadhyavasāyaḥperseverance
vegaḥ3.3.25MasculineSingularsṛṣṭiḥ, svabhāvaḥ, nirmokṣaḥ, niścayaḥ, adhyāsaḥ
viśalyā3.3.163FeminineSingularharmyādeḥprakoṣṭhaḥ, kañcī, madhyebhabandhanam
visrambhaḥ3.3.143MasculineSingularadhyakṣaḥ
madhyadeśaḥ2.1.7MasculineSingularmadhyamaḥ
madhyamā2.6.8FeminineSingular‍dṛṣṭarajāḥ
madhyamam2.6.80NeuterSingularmadhyaḥ, avalagnam
madhyamā2.6.83FeminineSingular
badhyaḥ3.1.44MasculineSingularśīrṣacchedyaḥ
madhyam3.3.169MasculineSingularyugam, saṃśayaḥ
Monier-Williams Search
793 results for adhy
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
अध्याभृ(imperfect tense /adhy-ābharat-) to bring near from View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्याचर्-to use View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्याचारm. reach, range, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्याधाto place upon. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यधिind. on high, just above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यधिक्षेपm. excessive censure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यधिक्षेपm. gross abuse. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यधीनmfn. completely subject to or dependent on (as a slave) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यध्वम्ind. on the road, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यागम्to meet with. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यग्निind. over or by the nuptial fire (property given to the bride). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यग्नीकृतn. property given to the wife at the wedding. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यग्न्युपागतn. property received by a wife at the wedding. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यह् perf. -āha-, to speak on behalf of (dative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्याहारm. act of supplying (elliptical language) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्याहरणn. ( hṛ-), act of supplying (elliptical language) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्याहरणn. supplement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्याहरणn. act of inferring, inference. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्याहरणीय mfn. to be supplied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्याहरणीयmfn. to be inferred. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्याहारिणीf. (with lipi-) a kind of written character (varia lectio madhyāh-, quod vide), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्याहर्तव्यmfn. to be supplied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्याहर्तव्यmfn. to be inferred. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्याहृतmfn. supplied, argued. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्याज्यmfn. sprinkled with ghee, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्याकाशम्ind. in the air, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्याक्रम्to attack ; to choose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्याक्रमणn. stepping over, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यक्षmf(ā-)n. perceptible to the senses, observable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यक्षmf(ā-)n. exercising supervision View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यक्षm. an eye-witness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यक्षm. an inspector, superintendent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यक्षm. the plant Mimusops Kauki (kṣīrikā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यक्षरम्ind. on the subject of syllables View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यक्षरम्ind. above all syllables (as the mystic om-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यक्तmfn. ( añj-), equipped, prepared. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यंसmfn. being on the shoulder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यञ्च् aṅ-, īcī-, ak-, tending upwards, eminent, superior View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यण्डाf. the plants Carpopogon Pruriens (cowage) and Flacourtia Cataphracta. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्याण्डाf. equals adhy-aṇḍā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यन्तेनind. close to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यापकmfn. a teacher (especially of sacred knowledge). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यापकोदितm. styled a teacher. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यापनn. instruction, lecturing. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यपविच् -vin/akti-, to put into by singling out from View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यापयितृm. a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यापितmfn. instructed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्याप्यmfn. fit or proper to be instructed. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यर्बुद n. a congenital tumour, goitre. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यर्धmf(ā-)n. "having an additional half", one and a half. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यर्धकmfn. amounting to or worth one and a half. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यर्धकाकिणीकmfn. amounting to or worth one and a half kākiṇī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यर्धकंसm. n. one and a half kaṃsa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यर्धकंसmf(ī-)n. amounting to or worth one and a half kaṃsa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यर्धकार्षापण mfn. amounting to or worth one and a half kārṣāpaṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यर्धकार्षापणिकmfn. amounting to or worth one and a half kārṣāpaṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यर्धखारीकmfn. amounting to or worth one and a half khārī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यर्धमाष्यmfn. amounting to or worth one and a half māṣa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यर्धपाद्यmfn. amounting to one foot and a half. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यर्धपण्यmfn. amounting to or worth one and a half paṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यर्धप्रतिकmfn. amounting to one and a half kārṣāpaṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यर्धसहस्र mfn. amounting to or worth one thousand five hundred. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यर्धसाहस्रmfn. amounting to or worth one thousand five hundred. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यर्धशाण mfn. amounting to or worth one and a half śāṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यर्धशाण्यmfn. amounting to or worth one and a half śāṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यर्धशत mfn. amounting to or bought with one hundred and fifty. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यर्धशतमान mfn. amounting to or worth one and a half śatamāna-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यर्धशातमानmfn. amounting to or worth one and a half śatamāna-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यर्धशत्यmfn. amounting to or bought with one hundred and fifty. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यर्धसौवर्णिकmfn. amounting to or worth one and a half suvarṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यर्धशूर्पmfn. amounting to or worth one and a half śūrpa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यर्धसुवर्ण mfn. amounting to or worth one and a half suvarṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यर्धविंशतिकीनmfn. amounting to or worth one and a half score or thirty. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यर्धोपाf. an ūpā- and a half, , Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यारोहणn. ascending, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यारोपm. (in vedānta- philosophy) wrong attribution, erroneous transferring of a statement from one thing to another. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यारोपणf(ā-)n. idem or 'm. (in vedānta- philosophy) wrong attribution, erroneous transferring of a statement from one thing to another.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यारोपितmfn. (in vedānta- philosophy) erroneously transferred from one thing to another. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यारूढmfn. mounted up, ascended View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यारूढmfn. above, superior to (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यारूढmfn. below, inferior to (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यारुह्to ascend up on high, mount: Caus. -ropayati-, to cause to mount. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यर्वुदn. a congenital tumour, goitre. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यस्to throw or place over or upon ; (in philosophy) to attribute or impute wrongly. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यास्to sit down or lie down upon, to settle upon ; to occupy as one's seat or habitation ; to get into, enter upon ; to be directed to or upon ; to affect, concern ; to preside over, influence, rule ; to cohabit with: Causal P. adhy-āsayati-, to cause to sit down : Desiderative (parasmE-pada adhyāsisiṣamāṇa-) to be about to rise up to (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यासm. See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यासm. (2. as-), imposing (as of a foot) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यासm. (in philosophy) equals adhy-āropa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यासm. an appendage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यासद्to sit upon (accusative) : Causal (1. sg. /adhy-/ā-sādayāmi-) to set upon (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यशनn. eating too soon after a meal (before the last meal is digested). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यासनn. act of sitting down upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यासनn. presiding over View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यासनn. a seat, settlement
अध्यासञ्ज्(1. sg. -sajāmi-) to hang up, suspend View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्याशयm. inclination, disposition, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्याशयan imagination, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्याशयpurpose, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यासिन्mfn. sitting down or seated upon. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यासीनmfn. seated upon. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यासितmfn. seated down upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यासितmfn. seated in a presidential chair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यासितmfn. settled, inhabited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यासितn. sitting upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यस्तmfn. placed over View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यस्तmfn. disguised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यस्तmfn. supposed. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यस्थn. the upper part of a bone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यस्थिn. a bone growing over another View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यास्याf. (scilicet ṛc-) an additional verse, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यात्मn. the Supreme Spirit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यात्मmfn. own, belonging to self View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यात्मचेतस्m. one who meditates on the Supreme Spirit. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यात्मचिन्तामणिm. Name (also title or epithet) of a vedānta- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यात्मदृश्mfn. knowing the Supreme Spirit. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यात्मज्ञानn. knowledge of the Supreme Spirit or of ātman-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यात्मम्ind. concerning self or individual personality. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यात्मरामायणn. a rāmāyaṇa-, in which rāma- is identified with the universal spirit (it forms part of the brahmāṇḍa-purāṇa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यात्मरतिm. a man delighting in the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यात्मशास्त्रn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यात्मविद्mfn. equals -dṛś-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यात्मविद्याf. equals -jñana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यात्मिकor better View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यात्मोत्तरकाण्डn. the last book of the adhyātma-rāmāyaṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यवहन्to thrash upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यवहननmfn. serving as an implement on which anything is thrashed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यावाहनिकn. that part of a wife's property which, she receives when led in procession from her father's to her husband's house. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यावप् -/ā-vapati-, to scatter upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यावापm. the act of sowing or scattering upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यवरह्to step downwards upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यावस्to inhabit, dwell in (accusative or locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यवसानn. attempt, effort, exertion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यवसानn. energy, perseverance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यवसानn. determining View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यवसानn. (in rhetoric) concise and forcible language. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यवसायm. idem or 'n. (in rhetoric) concise and forcible language.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यवसायm. (in philosophy) mental effort, apprehension. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यवसायclinging to (earthly things), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यवसाययुक्तmfn. resolute. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यवसायिन्mfn. resolute. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यवसायितmfn. attempted. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यवसेयmfn. only to be conceived in the mind, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यवसितmfn. ascertained, determined, apprehended. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यवसितिf. exertion, effort. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यवसोcl.4 P. -syati-, to undertake, attempt, accomplish ; to determine, consider, ascertain.
अध्यायm. a lesson, lecture, chapter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यायm. reading View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यायm. proper time for reading or for a lesson View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यायm. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' a reader (See vedādhyāya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्ययनn. reading, studying, especially the veda-s (one of the six duties of a Brahman), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्ययनalso going over, recitation, repetition (of the veda- etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्ययनपुण्यn. religious merit acquired by studying. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्ययनसंवृत्तिf. community of occupation in reciting (the veda- etc.), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्ययनतपसीn. dual number study and penance. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्ययनीयmfn. fit to be read or studied. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यायशतपाठm. "Index of One Hundred Chapters", Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यायिन्mfn. engaged in reading, a student. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यायोपाकर्मन्n. the opening ceremony of the annual course of Vedic recitation, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्येध्to increase, prosper. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्येषणf(ā-)n. solicitation, asking for instruction. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्येषणSee adhīṣṭa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्येष्यमाणmf(ā-)n. (future p.) intending to study, about to read View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्येतव्य mfn. to be read. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्येतव्यएयmfn. to be read. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्येतृm. a student, reader. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्येय1 mfn. (it is) to be studied or learned (Name (also title or epithet) impersonal or used impersonally), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्येय2 mfn. not to be thought of, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्योढm. = adhy-- ūḍha-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यृध्to expand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्युद्भृto take or carry away from View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्युद्धिf. See /adhy-ūdhnī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्युद्धिf. ( dha-) ([ ]), a tubular vessel above the udder, or above the scrotum. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्युद्धृ( hṛ-), (Imper. 2. sg. /adhy-/ud-dhara-) to draw (water) from View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यूढmfn. ( vah-), raised, exalted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यूढmfn. affluent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यूढmfn. abundant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यूढm. the son of a woman pregnant before marriage ([ see 1. sahoḍha-]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यूढm. śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यूढाf. a wife whose husband has married an additional wife. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यूढजm. the son of a woman pregnant before marriage. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यूध्नीf. (fr. ūdhan-) ([ ]) a tubular vessel above the udder, or above the scrotum. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्युद्यम्to put down, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यूह्to lay on, overlay ; to place upon, to raise above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यूहनn. putting on a layer (of ashes). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्युपेक्ष्(- upa-- īkṣ-; P. - upe- kṣati-), to disregard, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्युपेक्षाf. disregard, neglect, indifference, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्युरस्ind. on the breast, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्युषm. a kind of measure (= two prasṛta-s, quod vide), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्युषितSee sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्युषितmfn. (2. vas-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्युषितmfn. (5. vas-) inhabited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्युषितmfn. occupied. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्युषितेind. locative case at daybreak View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्यूषिवस् ān-, uṣī-, at- (perf. p. 5. vas-), one who has dwelt in View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्युष्टmfn. (invented as the Sanskrit representative of the Prakrit addhuththha-,which is derived from ardha-caturtha-), three and a half. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्युष्टवलयm. forming a ring coiled up three and a half times (as a snake). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्युष्ट्रm. a conveyance drawn by camels. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अध्युत्था( sthā-) to turn away from View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अबध्यmfn. unmeaning, nonsensical View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अबध्यSee a-vadhya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अभ्रानध्यायm. pause in the study on account of rainy weather View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अभ्यध्ययनn. studying (the veda- etc.) at any place (compound), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अइकध्यn. (fr. ekadhā-), singleness of time or occurrence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अइकध्यम्ind. at once, together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अइकध्यतस्ind. idem or 'ind. at once, together ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अल्पमध्यमmfn. thin-waisted. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आमध्याह्नम्ind. to midday. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अमध्यम -āsas-, (Ved.) m. plural of whom none is the middle one (see /a-kaniṣṭha-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अमध्यस्थmfn. not indifferent. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनध्यक्षmfn. not perceptible by the senses, not observable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनध्यक्षmfn. without a superintendent. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनध्यासmf(ā-)n. without an addition or appendix, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनध्यात्मविद्mfn. not knowing the Supreme Spirit, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनध्यवसितmfn. irresolute, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनध्यायm. idem or 'n. not reading or studying, intermission of study ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनध्यायm. a time when there is intermission of study View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनध्यायnon-recitation, silence, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनध्यायदिवसm. a vacation day, holiday. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनध्ययनn. not reading or studying, intermission of study View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनादिमध्यान्तmfn. having no beginning, middle or end. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अणुमध्यबीजn. Name of a hymn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अनुमध्यमmfn. next oldest to the middle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्वध्यस्to throw upon after another View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अन्वध्यायम्ind. according to the chapters (of the veda-), according to the sacred texts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अपध्यैto have a bad opinion of, curse mentally
अपध्यानn. envy, jealousy etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अपध्यानn. meditation upon things which are not to be thought of. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
असदध्येतृm. a Brahman who reads heterodox works
अतिमध्यन्दिनn. high noon. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
आत्मवध्याf. idem or 'm. suicide ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अवध्यmfn. not to be killed, inviolable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अवध्यSee a-vadh/a-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अवध्यै(perf. -dadhyau-)to think Ill of (accusative), disregard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अवध्यानn. disregard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अवध्यता(avadhy/a--) f. inviolability View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अवध्यातmfn. disregarded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अवध्यत्वn. idem or '(avadhy/a--) f. inviolability ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
अवध्यायिन्mfn. disregarding (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')
अवध्येयmfn. to be disregarded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाधबुद्धिप्रतिबध्यप्रतिहन्धकताविचारm. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाधबुद्धिप्रतिबध्यतावादm. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बध्यतस्ind. (freedom) from the crowd (varia lectio madhya-t/as-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बध्योगm. Name of a man gaRa bidādi- (see bādhyoga-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बाहुमध्यmfn. occupying a middle position with the arm (see janghā-jaghanya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बहुमध्यगmfn. going among or belonging to many View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बहुरमध्यmfn. (bahura- equals bahula-+ m-) thick in the middle (said of the soma- juice during the process of fermentation) () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बह्वध्यायmfn. consisting of many chapters gaRa guṇādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बह्वध्ययन() mfn. consisting of many chapters gaRa guṇādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भगवच्चरणारविन्दध्यानn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भरध्यैSee bhṛ-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भवन्मध्यmf(ā-)n. having bhavat- in the middle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भवन्मध्यम्ind. with bhavat- in the middle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भृत्यध्यापनn. (prob.) wrong reading for bhṛtyādh- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भ्रूमध्यn. the interval between the eyebrows View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भुजमध्यn. "space between the arms", the breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
भुजामध्यn. "the middle of the arm", the elbow (see bhuja-m-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बिल्वमध्यn. the flesh of the bilva- fruit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ब्रह्मवध्याf. idem or 'm. the murder of a Brahman ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ब्रह्मवध्याकृतn. act of murdering a Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
बृहन्मध्यmf(ā-)n. large in the middle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चतुरध्यायीf. "consisting of 4 adhyāya-s", Name of śaunaka-'s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चतुरध्यायिकn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
चतुरध्यायिकाf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दध्य्in compound for dhi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दध्यच्m. (Nominal verb -/aṅ- accusative -/añcam-; dative case dhīc/e- genitive case dhīc/as-; see ) "sprinkling d/adhi- " (see dhi-kr/ā-and ghṛtāī-) Name of a mythical ṛṣi- or sacrificer ( and [called aṅgiras-] [ āṅgirasa-] ;son of atharvan-[ see ātharvaṇ/a-] ;having the head of a horse and teaching the aśvin-s to find in tvaṣṭṛ-'s house the m/adhu-or soma- ;favoured by indra- [ ] who slays 99 vṛtra-s or foes with a thunderbolt made of his bones ;propounder of the brāhmaṇa- called m/adhu- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दध्यच् -anna-, etc. See above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दध्यग्रn. equals dhi-maṇḍa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दध्याह्वm. the resin of Pinus longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दध्याह्वयm. the resin of Pinus longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दध्याकरm. equals dhi-samudra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दध्यानीf. Name of a plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दध्यन्नn. rice prepared with d/adhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दध्याशिर्(d/adh-) mfn. mixed with d/adhi- (soma-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दध्यस्यNom. jati- idem or '+ Nom. yati- equals dhīya- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दध्योदनm. ( ) boiled rice mixed with d/adhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दध्युदmfn. equals dhi-vāri- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दध्युत्तरn. equals -agra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दध्युत्तराf. bulb-milk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दध्युत्तरगn. equals dhy-uttara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दन्तमध्यn. the space between an elephant's tusks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
देहमध्यn. "middle of the body", waist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धनुर्मध्यn. the middle part of a bow (= lastaka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
धर्ममेघध्यानn. dharmamegha
दिवामध्यn. midday, noon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दोर्मध्यn. the middle of the arm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दृगध्यक्षm. "sight-ruler", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्रुतमध्याf. "quick in the middle", a kind of metre, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दुरध्यवसायm. a bad or foolish beginning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दुरध्ययmfn. difficult of attainment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दुरध्यययनmfn. equals adhīyāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दुरध्येयmfn. difficult to be studied or learnt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
दुरध्येयत्वn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
द्विभुजरामध्यानn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गध्यmfn. ( ) to be seized or gained as booty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गध्यmfn. see v/āja-gandhya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गमध्यैVed. infinitive mood See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order 1. gam-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गङ्गामध्यn. the bed or stream of the Ganges View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गोमध्यमध्यmfn. slender in the waist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
गुरुमध्यmfn. equals madhye-guru-, heavy in the middle part View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हरिमध्याf. having a yellowish waist (and so reminding of viṣṇu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हरिमध्याf. Name of a surāṅganā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हस्त्यध्यक्षm. a superintendent of elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
हुवध्यै huvān/a- See hve-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ईरयध्यै(Ved.inf. of Causal of īr-), to set in motion, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
इयध्यै(Ved.inf. of 5. i-), to come, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
जगतीमध्यn. "world-centre", the earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
करमध्यm. a particular measure (equals karṣa-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कृतवध्यचिह्नmfn. bearing the marks of death, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्षारमध्यm. Achyranthes aspera View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
क्षीणमध्यmfn. slender-waisted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
कुसुममध्यn. Name of a tree bearing a large acid fruit (commonly Ca1lita1 Gac, Cordia Myxa or Dillenia Indica) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
लयमध्यmfn. to be performed in mean or moderate time (as a piece of music) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यmf(ā-)n. middle (used likemedius exempli gratia, 'for example' m/adhye- samudr/e-,"in the midst of the sea") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यmf(ā-)n. middlemost, intermediate, central View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यmf(ā-)n. standing between two, impartial, neutral View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यmf(ā-)n. middle id est being of a middle kind or size or quality, middling, moderate (with vṛtti- f."a middle course") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यmf(ā-)n. (in astronomy) mean id est theoretical (opp. to spaṣṭa-,or sphuṭa-) ( madhyatva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यmf(ā-)n. lowest, worst View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यmn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) the middle of the body, (especially) a woman's waist etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यm. (in algebra) the middle term or the mean of progression View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्याf. a young woman, a girl arrived at puberty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यm. the middle finger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यm. (in music) a particular tone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यm. (also n.) a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यn. (m. gaRa ardharcādi-) the middle, midst, centre, inside, interior etc. ( madhyam am- ind.into the midst of, into, among, with genitive case or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' etc.; madhyena dhyena- ind.in or through the midst of, on the inside, through, between, with genitive case accusative or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' etc.; madhyāt dhyāt- ind.from the midst of. out of. from among etc.; madhye dhye- ind.See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यn. the middle of the sky (with or scilicet nabhasas-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यn. space between (exempli gratia, 'for example' bhruvos-,the eye brows) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यn. midday (with ahnaḥ-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यn. the meridian View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यn. intermediate condition between (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यn. the belly, abdomen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यn. the flank of a horse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यn. (in music) mean time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यn. ten thousand billions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यn. cessation, pause, interval View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यn. Name of a country between Sindh and Hindustan proper [ confer, compare Zend maidhya; Greek , for ; Latin medius; Gothic midjis3; English midinmidland,midnightetc.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्याind. in the middle, between, among (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्याind. meanwhile View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यभ(in astronomy) the meridian ecliptic point. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यभागm. the middle part or portion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यभागm. the middle of the body, waist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यभक्तmfn. eaten in the middle (a term applied to any medicine taken in the middle of a meal) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यभावm. middle state or condition, mediocrity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यभावm. a middling or moderate distance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यचारिन्mf(iṇī-)n. going in the midst or among (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यच्छायाf. (in astronomy) mean or middle shadow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यदन्तm. a front tooth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यदेहm. the middle or trunk of the body, belly etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यदेशm. middle region, middle space, the central or middle part of anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यदेशm. (equals madhyaṃ nabhasaḥ-), the meridian View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यदेशm. the middle of the body, waist etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यदेशm. the trunk of the body, belly, abdomen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यदेशm. the midland country (lying between the himālaya-s on the north, the vindhya- mountains on the south, vinaśana- on the west, prayāga- on the east, and comprising the modern provinces of Allahabad, agra-, Delhi, Oude etc.) (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यदेशmfn. belonging to or living in the midland country, of midland origin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यदेशm. plural the inhabitants of the midland country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यदेशीय() () mfn. equals prec. mfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यदेश्य() mfn. equals prec. mfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्याधिदेवनn. the middle of a playing-ground View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यदिनfor madhyaṃ-dina- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यदीपकn. (in rhetoric)"illuminating in the middle" , Name of a figure in which light is thrown on a description by the use of an emphatic verb in the middle of a stanza (exempli gratia, 'for example' ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यादित्यm. the midday sun (-gate' hani-,"when the day has reached the mid-sun" id est at noon) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यगmf(ā-)n. going or being in the middle or among (with genitive case or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यगन्धm. "having a middling scent (?)", the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यगतmfn. idem or 'mf(ā-)n. going or being in the middle or among (with genitive case or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यगतn. the middle syllable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यग्रहणn. the middle of an eclipse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्याहारिणीलिपिf. Name of a particular kind of written character (Calcutta edition adhyāh-).
मध्याह्नm. midday, noon etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्याह्नm. Name of a pupil of śaṃkarācārya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्याह्नकालm. midday time, noon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्याह्नक्रियाf. idem or 'n. midday duty or business or observance ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्याह्नकृत्यn. midday duty or business or observance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्याह्नसमयm. equals -kāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्याह्नसंध्याf. the midland saṃdhyā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्याह्नसवनn. midland sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्याह्नस्नानविधिm. midland ablution View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्याह्नवेलाf. equals -kāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्याह्नेन्दुप्रभाकर्णm. or n. the hypotenuse of the moon's midland shadow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्याह्निकm. Pentapetes Phoenicea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यजैनेन्द्रव्याकरणn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यजिह्वn. the middle of the tongue (said to be the organ of the palatals) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यज्याf. the sign of the meridian View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यकर्णm. a half diameter, radius View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यकौमुदीf. equals madhya-sid-dhānta-kaumudī- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यक्षामाf. "slender-waisted"or,"slender in the centre", Name of a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्याक्षरविस्तरलिपिf. Name of a particular kind of written character View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यकुरु(prob.) m. pl. Name of a country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यलग्नn. the point of the ecliptic situated on the meridian View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यलीलाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यलोकm. the middle world, earth, abode of mortals View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यलोकेशm. "lord of the middle world or earth", a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यम्ind. madhya
मध्यमmf(ā-)n. (superl. of m/adhya-) middle (used like Latin medius exempli gratia, 'for example' madhyame gulme-,"in the midst of the troop") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमmf(ā-)n. being or placed in the middle, middlemost, intermediate, central etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमmf(ā-)n. middle-born (neither youngest nor oldest), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमmf(ā-)n. of a middle kind or size or quality, middling, moderate etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमmf(ā-)n. standing between two persons or parties, impartial, neutral etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमmf(ā-)n. (in astronomy) mean (see madhya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमmf(ā-)n. relating to the meridian View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमm. the middlemost prince (whose territory lies between that of a king seeking conquest and that of his foe) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमm. the middle character in plays View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमm. the midland country (equals madhya-deśa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमm. (in music) the 4th or 5th note View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमm. the middlemost of the 3 scales View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमm. a particular rāga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमm. (in gram.) the 2nd person (equals -puruṣa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमm. the governor of a province View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमm. a kind of antelope View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमm. Name of the 18th kalpa- (sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमm. plural a class of gods View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमm. (with Buddhists) Name of a particular sect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमm. n. the middle of the body, waist etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमाf. the womb View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमm. the middle finger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमm. midnight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमm. a girl arrived at puberty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमm. the pericarp of a lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमm. a central blossom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमm. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमm. (in music) a particular mūrchanā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमn. the middle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमn. mediocrity, defectiveness, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमn. Name of the 12th (14th) kāṇḍa- of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमn. (in astronomy) the meridian ecliptic point View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमभृतकm. a husbandman, a farm-labourer who works both for his master and himself View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमाधिकारm. Name of the 1st chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमध्याf. (in music) a particular mūrchanā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमादिm. (in music) a particular rāgiṇī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमादीf. (in music) a particular rāgiṇī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमागमm. one of the 4 āgama-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमगतिf. (in astronomy) mean motion of a planet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमग्रामm. (in music) the middle scale View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमाहरणn. the elimination of the middle term of an equation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमजातmfn. middle-born, born between (two other children), middlemost. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमकmf(ikā-)n. middlemost View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमकmf(ikā-)n. common (as property) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमकn. the interior of anything (kam pra-viś-,to enter) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमकक्षाf. the middle enclosure or courtyard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमकालंकालोकm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमकालंकारm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमकाण्डn. Name of the 2nd kāṇḍa- of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमकवृत्तिf. Name of work (also madhyamika v-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमकेयm. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमखण्डn. (in algebra) the middle term of an equation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमखण्डn. Name of part ii of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमलोकm. the middle world (between heaven and the nether world), the earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमलोकपालm. "protector of the middle world", a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमलोकेन्दुm. "moon of the middle world", a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमन्दिरm. Name of the author of the mahābhārata-tātparya-nirṇaya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमन्दिरm. of madhvācārya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमन्दिरn. pudendum muliebre and anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमाङ्गिरस्m. the middle-sized aṅgiras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमाङ्गुलिm. the middle finger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमणिm. the central or principal gem of a necklace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमनोरमाf. Name of a grammatical work (an abridgement of the manoramā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमपदn. the middle number (which is sometimes omitted and requires to be supplied in a compound consisting of two words) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमपदलोपm. the omission of the middle member of a compound (as in, śāka-pārthiva-,the king of the era, for sākapriya-pārthiva-,the king dear to the era) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमपदलोपिन्m. (scilicet samāsa-) a compound which omits the middle member View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमपाण्डवm. "the middlemost of the five pāṇḍava-s", arjuna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमपर्णn. (prob.) a middle-sized leaf View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमपुरुषm. a particular personification View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमपुरुषm. (in gram.) the second person in verbal conjugation, a termination of the second person (see prathama-puruṣa-, uttama-puruṣa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमपूरुषm. a mediocre person View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमरात्रm. midnight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमरेखाf. (in astronomy) the central meridian of the earth (a line conceived to be drawn through laṅkā-, ujjayinī-, kuru-kṣetra-, and meru-; see madhya-rekhā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमसाहसm. the middlemost penalty or amercement, punishment for crimes of a middle degree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमसाहसmn. violence or outrage of the middle class (injuring buildings, throwing down walls etc.)
मध्यमसंग्रहm. the middle method of intriguing with another's wife (presenting flowers etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमशीm. "lying or being in the middle", (prob.) an intercessor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमस्थmfn. standing or being in the middle gaRa brāhmaṇādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमस्थाmfn. standing in the middle, forming the centre (of a community) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमस्थेयn. the state of standing in the middle or forming the centre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमस्वभावmfn. indifferent, neutral, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमस्वरm. the middle or dominant note View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमस्वरmfn. spoken in a middle tone (not too loud and not too low) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमटीकाf. Name of work by kumārila- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमात्रेयm. the middle sized ātreya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमवाह्mfn. driving at middling or slow speed (equals manda-gamanena vāhaka-) (prob."driving in the middle", scilicet between gods and men) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमवयस्n. middle age View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमवयस्कmfn. middle-aged View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमयानn. "the middle passage", the middle way to salvation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यंदिनm. (madhy/a--) (n. ) midday, noon etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यंदिनm. the midday offering (savana- or pavamāna-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यंदिनm. Bassia Latifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यंदिनm. Name of a disciple of yājñavalkya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यंदिनn. Midday (personified as a son of puṣpārṇa- by prabhā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यंदिनmfn. equals mādhyaṃdina- (q.v)
मध्यंदिनगतmfn. having reached the meridian (as the sun) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यंदिनार्कसंतप्तmfn. burnt by the midday-sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यंदिनसमयm. midday-time, noon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यंदिनीयmfn. meridional, meridian, belonging to noon or midday View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमेषाf. a particular part of a chariot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमेष्ठ() mfn. equals madhyama-sthā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमेष्ठा() mfn. equals madhyama-sthā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमेष्ठेय() mfn. equals madhyama-sthā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमेश्वरm. Name of a liṅga- of śiva- in Benares View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमिकाf. a marriageable woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमिकाf. Name of the 2nd or middle grantha- of the kāṭhaka- (see mādhyamika-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमिकprob. wrong reading for mādhyamika- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमिकवृत्तिSee under madhyamaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमीयmfn. relating to the middle, middlemost, central gaRa gahādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्याम्लकेसरm. or n. the citron View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमोच्चैस्तरmf(ā-)n. half loud and very loud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यमोत्खातm. a particular division of time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यनगरn. the interior of a city View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्याङ्गुलि(or lī-) f. the middle finger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यनिहितmfn. placed in the middle, inserted, fixed into (anything) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यान्त(in the beginning of a compound) middle and end View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यान्तविभागशास्त्रn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यान्तविभङ्गशास्त्रn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यान्तयमकn. a yamaka- (sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) in the midland and end of averse (exempli gratia, 'for example' ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यान्तिकm. Name of an arhat- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यन्यmfn. occupying a middle place, having a middle rank or position (in any caste etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यपरिमाणn. the middle measure or magnitude (or that between an atom and infinitude) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यपातm. falling or going in the midst, intercourse, commerce View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यपातm. (in astronomy) the mean occurrence of the aspect. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यपतितmfn. fallen in the middle lying between or in the midst View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यप्रसूताf. (a cow) which has had a calf not very long ago View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यप्रविष्टmfn. one who has stolen into another's confidence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यरात्रm. midnight ( madhyarātrau trau- ind.at midnight) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यरात्रौind. madhyarātra
मध्यरात्रौind. madhyarātri
मध्यरात्रिf. midnight ( madhyarātrau trau- ind.at midnight) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यरेखाf. the middle line the central or first meridian (the line conceived by the Hindus to be drawn through laṅkā-, ujjayinī-, kurukṣetra-, and other places to mount meru-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यार्जुनm. or n. Name of a district View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यार्जुनक्षेत्रमाहात्म्यn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यार्जुनतीर्थn. Name of a tīrtha- on the southern bank of the kāverī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यशरीरmfn. having a middle-sized body or one of moderately full habit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यशायिन्mfn. lying in the midst lying within View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यसिद्धान्तकौमुदीf. "the middle-sized "Name of an abridgment of the by varada-rāja-. = View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यस्थmf(ā-)n. being in the middle, being between or among (genitive case or compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यस्थmf(ā-)n. being in the middle space id est in the air View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यस्थmf(ā-)n. standing between two persons or parties mediating, a mediator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यस्थmf(ā-)n. belonging to neither or both parties, (only) a witness, impartial, neutral, indifferent etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यस्थmf(ā-)n. being of a middle condition or kind, middling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यस्थm. "arbitrator, umpire", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यस्थलn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ī-).) a middle place or region, (especially) the middle of the body, the waist or hip View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यस्थानn. the middle space id est the air ( madhyasthānadevatā -devatā- f.a deity of the air ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यस्थानn. a neutral soil View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यस्थानदेवताf. madhyasthāna
मध्यस्थताf. intermediate situation, indifference, impartiality View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यास्थिn. Grewia Asiatica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यस्थितmfn. being in the middle, being among or between (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यस्थिताf. indifference (see -stha-tā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यस्थित्यर्धm. or n. (in astronomy) the mean half duration. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यसूत्रn. the central meridian (see madhya-rekhā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यस्वरितmfn. having the svarita- accent on the middle syllable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यात्ind. madhya
मध्यताf. the state of being in the middle, mediocrity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यतमस्n. circular or annular darkness, central darkness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यतापिनीf. Name of an upaniṣad-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यतस्ind. from or in the middle, centrally, centrically etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यतस्ind. out of. among (genitive case or compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यतस्ind. of middle sort View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यतस्तःकारिन्m. Name of the 4 principal priests (viz. the hotṛ-, adhvaryu-, brahman-, and udgātṛ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यत्वn. See under madhya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यत्वn. madhya
मध्यवल्लीf. Name of a vallī- of the (probably from being in the middle of the book) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यावर्षn. the middle of the rainy season , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यवर्तिन्mfn. being in the middle or between or among, middle, central View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यवर्तिन्m. a mediator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यवयस्mfn. middle-aged View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यविदरणn. Name of one of the ten ways in which an eclipse ends View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यविवर्तिन्mfn. equals -vartin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यविवर्तिन्mfn. impartial, a mediator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यविवेकिन्mfn. of mediocre discernment, sāṃkhya-s. Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यवृत्तn. the navel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्ययवm. a weight of six white mustard seeds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यायिन्mfn. recited in the middle tone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्ययोगिन्mf(inī-)n. (in astronomy) being in the middle of a conjunction, completely covered or obscured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्यायु( ya-yu-) mfn. intermediate, being a mediator or seeking a mediation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्येind. in the middle, in the midst, within, between, among, in the presence of (with genitive case or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound';sometimes also in the beginning of a compound; see compound below) etc. (with kṛ-[ ind.p. -kṛtya-or -kṛtvā- ],to place in the middle, make an intermediary of. on ;to count among ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्येind. madhya
मध्येभबन्धनn. a band or rope round an elephant's body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्येच्छन्दस्n. (prob.) said to mean"the sun"or"the middle of the year" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्येगङ्गम्ind. in or into the Ganges. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्येगुरुmfn. (prob.) having a long syllable in the middle, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्येजलात्ind. from out of the middle of the water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्येजठरम्ind. in the middle of the body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्येज्योतिस्f. a kind of Vedic metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्येकृत्यind. with regard to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्येमध्यमाङ्गुलिकर्पूरम्ind. between middle finger and elbow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्येनind. madhya
मध्येनदिind. in or into the river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्येनगरम्ind. in the middle of the city View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्येनरेश्वरसभम्ind. in the middle of the assembly of princes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्येनिधनmfn. having the passage called nidhana- (sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) in the middle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्येपद्मम्ind. in a lotus flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्येपृष्टम्ind. having the sacrificial days called pṛṣṭhya- (sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) in the middle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्येपृष्टम्n. a particular ajana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्येरणम्ind. in the battle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्येरथ्यम्ind. in the middle of the street View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्येसभम्ind. in the assembly, in public View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्येसमुद्रम्ind. in the middle of the sea, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्येश्मशानम्ind. on the burial-place, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्येवार्धिind. equals -samudram- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्येवारिind. in or under the water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्येविन्ध्यान्तर्ind. in the middle of the vindhya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्येविन्ध्याटविind. in the forests of the vindhya- range View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्येव्योमind. in the air View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्येयज्ञम्ind. in the middle of the sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मध्योदात्तmfn. having the udātta- or acute accent on the middle syllable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मगध्यNom. P. yati-, to surround (gaRa kaṇḍvādi-), to serve, be a slave
महारत्नाभिषेकरामध्यानn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
माकारध्यानn. (prob. fr. 1. mā-+ k-+ dh-) a particular method of abstract meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मणिमध्यn. Name of 2 metres View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मणिमध्यn. Chandoiu. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मार्गमध्यगmfn. going in the middle of a road, being on the road View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मिथ्यावध्यानुकीर्तनn. the proclaiming that any one has been unjustly sentenced to death View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मृदुमध्याf. Name of a mūrchanā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मृदुमध्याf. of a kṣānti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मृदुमध्याधिमात्रmfn. moderate, middling and (or?) excessive ( mṛdumadhyādhimātratva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
मृदुमध्याधिमात्रत्वn. mṛdumadhyādhimātra
मृत्युंजयध्यानn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नभोमध्यn. "sky-centre", the zenith View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नैषध्यmfn. belonging or peculiar to the niṣadha-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नैषध्यm. niṣadha- prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नवग्रहध्यानn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नवग्रहध्यानप्रकारm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निमग्नमध्याf. (a woman) having a depressed navel or a slender waist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निर्मध्यmfn. having no middle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निर्मध्याf. a particular fragrant substance (prob. wrong reading for nirmathyā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
नित्यानध्यायm. invariable suspension of repetition of the veda-s (as on the day of full moon etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
निविदध्यायm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ओषध्यनुवाकm. a particular anuvāka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पादादिमध्ययमकn. paronomasia at the beginning and in the middle of a verse (as ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पादमध्ययमकn. paronomasia in the middle of the 4 verses of a stanza (as in ). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पदात्यध्यक्षm. a commander of infantry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परध्यानn. intent meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
परमेश्वरपञ्चमुखध्यानn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पर्यध्ययनmfn. averse from study Va1rtt. 4 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पथिमध्येind. in the middle of the road View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पेशलमध्यmfn. slender-waisted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिपीलिकमध्य mf(ā-)n. thin in the middle like an ant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिपीलिकमध्याf. Name of any metre the middle pāda- of which is shorter than the preceding and following, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिपीलिकामध्यmfn. Name of a kind of fast (beginning on the day of full moon with 15 mouthfuls, decreasing by one daily until the day of new moon, and after that increasing by one daily until the next day of full moon) on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिपीलिकमध्यमmf(ā-)n. thin in the middle like an ant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पिपीलिकमध्यमाf. Name of any metre the middle pāda- of which is shorter than the preceding and following, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रध्यैP. A1. -dhyāyati-, te-, to meditate upon, think of (accusative with or without prati-) ; to reflect, consider ; to excogitate, devise, hit upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रध्यानn. meditating upon, reflection, thinking, deep thought, subtle speculation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रध्यनीकn. the centre of a segment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रध्यनीकn. a well View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रातरध्येयmfn. to be recited every morning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
प्रतिबध्यmfn. to be obstructed or hindered
पृष्ठमध्यm. the middle of the back View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुरस्कृतमध्यमक्रमmfn. taking or adopting a middle course View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पुरोरुज्रुगध्यायm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पूर्वध्यानn. the first (stage of) contemplation, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
पूर्वमध्याह्नm. the forenoon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रागध्यानादिकथनाध्यायm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रामध्यानn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रामध्यानस्तोत्रn. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रङ्गमध्यn. the middle of an arena View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रथमध्यmf(ā-)n. occupying the centre of a car = View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रथमध्यस्थmfn. standing in the centre of a car View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रुद्रध्यानवर्णनn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
रुद्रऋङ्मन्त्रध्यानn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सभामध्येind. in society View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सचध्यैSee sac-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
षड्जमध्याf. a particular mūrchanā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सहध्यैSee under 1. sah-, p.1192, col, 3. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सहस्रभुजरामध्यानn. Name of work (wrong reading -dhyāna-rāma-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समध्यमmfn. moderate on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समध्यास्A1. -āste-, to sit upon together, inhabit, occupy : Desiderative -āsisiṣate-, to wish to occupy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समध्यासितmfn. sat upon or occupied together (as a scat) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समध्ययनn. going over or studying together, (or) that which is gone over or repeated together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सामग्रीप्रतिबध्यताf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समानोत्तममध्यमाधमmfn. one to whom the best and the middle and worst are all the same View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
समपध्यैP. -dhyāyati- (Epic also A1. te-), to think ill or badly of, meditate evil or injury against, injure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सम्बध्यमानmfn. being bound together or connected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सम्बध्यमानकmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') being in some degree related to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
संध्यध्यायm. an adhyāya- or chapter on saṃdhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सप्तशतध्यानn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सप्तशतजपार्थन्यासध्यानn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
षट्चक्रध्यानपद्धतिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शयध्यै Vedic or Veda infinitive mood of 1. śī- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सिलिकमध्यमmfn. (said of the horses of the Sun; according to to equals saṃsṛtamadhyama-,or śīrṣa-madhyama-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सिन्धुमध्यName of a district View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिवध्यानपद्धतिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शिवपञ्चमुखध्यानn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
षोडशभुजरामध्यानn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्रियध्यै śriy/ase-, śriyā- etc. See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्रीयध्यैVed. infinitive mood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्तनमध्यm. a nipple View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्तनमध्यn. the space between the breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्तवध्यैSee above under root. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्थूलमध्यmf(ā-)n. thick in the middle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्त्रीमध्यn. society of women View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्त्र्यध्यक्षm. the superintendent of a king's wives, chamberlain, R View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शुचध्यैSee under 1. śuc-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शुद्धमध्यमार्गीf. (in music) a particular mūrchanā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शुक्लध्यानn. meditation on pure spirit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुमध्यmf(ā-)n. good in the middle, containing good stuffing (as meat) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुमध्यmf(ā-)n. having a beautiful waist, slender-waisted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुमध्यमmf(ā-)n. very middling or mediocre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुमध्यमmf(ā-)n. slender waisted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सुमध्यमाf. a graceful woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
शून्यमध्यm. "having a hollow or empty centre", a hollow reed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सूर्यध्यानn. Name of work
सूत्रमध्यभूmfn. "produced amid threads or fibres", the resin of Shorea Robusta View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
सूत्रमध्यभूmfn. incense View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्वदेशमध्यपरिधिm. circumference of the terrestrial equator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्वध्यक्षmf(/ā-)n. good to be inspected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्वध्यवसानmf(/ā-)n. good to be striven after View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्वर्मध्यn. the central point of the sky, zenith View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
श्वेतमध्यm. Cyperus Rotundus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
स्यन्दयध्यैSee root, column 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तन्मध्यn. "the midst thereof" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तन्मध्यetc. See View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तन्मध्यमनस्etc. See View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तन्मध्यस्थmfn. situated in the midst of that. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तन्मध्यात्ind. ablative from among them View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तन्तुमध्यmf(ā-)n. having a thread-like waist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तनुमध्यn. "body-middle", the waist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तनुमध्यmf(ā-)n. equals dhyama- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तनुमध्याf. a metre of 4x6 (- - u u - -) syllables. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
तनुमध्यमmf(ā-)n. slender-waisted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ऊबध्यor /ūvadhya- n. (etymology doubtful) undigested grass etc. in the stomach or bowels (of an animal killed for sacrifice) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ऊबध्यbreaking wind, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ऊबध्यगोहm. any hole in the ground where the above is concealed & View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उद्बध्य ind.p. having tied up or hanged one's self, hanging one's self View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपचरध्यै(Ved.inf. of upa-. car-), Sch. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपध्यै View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपध्यातmfn. remembered, thought of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उपमध्यमाf. (scilicet aṅguli-) the finger next to the middle finger, the last finger but one View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तमाधममध्यमmfn. good, bad, and indifferent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
उत्तमाधममध्यमmfn. high, low, and middling. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ऊवध्यSee /ūbadhya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वध्यmfn. (frequently written b/adhya-) to be slain or killed, to be capitally punished, to be corporally chastised (see under vadha-), sentenced, a criminal etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वध्यmfn. to be destroyed or annihilated etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वध्यm. an enemy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वध्याf. See below.
वध्याf. killing, murder (See atma--and brahma-v-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वध्यetc. See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वध्यभू f. a place of public execution, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वध्यभूमिf. a place of public execution, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वध्यचिह्नn. the mark or attribute of one sentenced to be killed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वध्यदिण्डिमm. or n. (?) a drum beaten at the time of the execution of a criminal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वध्यघातक() mfn. killing one sentenced to death, executing criminals. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वध्यघ्न() mfn. killing one sentenced to death, executing criminals. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वध्यमालाf. a garland placed on the head of one sentenced to death View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वध्यपालm. "guardian of criminals", a jailer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वध्यपर्यायm. (a hangman's) turn to execute a criminal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वध्यपटm. the red garment of a criminal during his execution, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वध्यपटहm. equals -diṇḍima- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वध्यशिलाf. a stone or rock on which malefactors are executed, scaffold, slaughter-house, shambles View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वध्यशिलाf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वध्यस्रज्f. equals -mālā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वध्यस्थानn. equals -bhū- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वध्यत्mfn. equals vadhyamāna-, being struck or killed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वध्यताf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वध्यत्वn. the state of being sentenced to death, fitness to be killed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वध्यवासस्n. the clothes of a criminal who has been executed (given to a caṇḍāla-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वध्योषm. Name of a man in gaRa bidādi- on (see badhyoga-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वाद्यध्यायm. Name of a chapter of the saṃgīta-ratnākara-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वहध्यैSee 1. vah-, column 2. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वैष्णवध्यानप्रकारm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वन्दध्यैSee under vand-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वर्तयध्यैSee under vṛt-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वास्तुमध्यn. the centre of a homestead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वावृधध्यैSee vṛdh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वेदानध्यायm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वेदानध्ययनn. remissness in repeating the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वेदान्ताचार्यविग्रहध्यानपद्धतिf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वेदिमध्यmf(ā-)n. (a woman) having a waist resembling a vedi- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विग्रहध्यानn. Name of a stotra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विलग्नमध्याf. a woman with a slender waist. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विमध्यn. (v/i--) the midst, middle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विमध्य vi-madhyama- See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विमध्यभावm. mediocrity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विमध्यमmfn. middling, indifferent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विपणिमध्यगmfn. being in the midst of a market View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विष्णुस्वरूपध्यानादिवर्णनn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
विष्णुवर्णनध्यानादिName of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
वियन्मध्यहंसm. "the flamingo in the middle of the sky", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्यध्यmfn. to be pierced or perforated ( vyadhyasira -sira- mfn.one who is to be bled ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्यध्यmfn. a bowstring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्यध्यmfn. a butt, mark to shoot at View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
व्यध्यसिरmfn. vyadhya
व्योममध्येind. in the middle of the sky, in mid-air View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
यजध्यैSee under 1. yaj-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
यन्मध्येind. in the centre of which View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
यथाकामवध्यmfn. to be chastised or punished at pleasure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
यावदध्ययनम्ind. during the recitation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
यवमध्यmf(ā-)n. (y/ava--) being like a barleycorn in the middle id est broad in the centre and thin or tapering at the, ends etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
यवमध्यm. a particular pañca-rātra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
यवमध्यm. a kind of drum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
यवमध्याf. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
यवमध्यn. a particular measure of length View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
यवमध्यn. a kind of cāndrāyaṇa-, on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
यवमध्यमm. a particular measure of length, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
यवमध्यमn. a kind of cāndrāyaṇa- or lunar penance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
यूपमध्यn. the middle part of the sacrificial post View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
Apte Search
85 results
adhyācarita अध्याचरित a. used शय्यासने$ध्याचरिते श्रेयसा न समाविशेत् Ms.2.119.
adhyadhi अध्यधि ind. On high (acc.); ˚धि लोकम् Sk.
adhyadhikṣepaḥ अध्यधिक्षेपः [अधिकः अधिक्षेपः] Excessive abuse or censure, gross abuse; गुरूणामध्यधिक्षेपो वेदनिन्दा सुहृद्वधः । ब्रह्महत्यासमं ज्ञेयमधीतस्य च नाशनम् ॥ Y.3.228.
adhyadhīna अध्यधीन a. [आधिक्येन अधीनः] Completely subject or dependent, as a slave; नाध्यधीनो न वक्तव्यो न दस्युर्न विकर्मकृत् । Ms.8.66 (Kull. अत्यन्तपरतन्त्रो गर्भदासः).
adhyagni अध्यग्नि ind. [अग्नौ अग्निसमीपे वा] Over, by or near the nuptial fire. n. (ग्नि) One of the six kinds of स्त्रीधन (woman's property) mentioned in Ms.9.194 (अध्यग्न्य- ध्यावाहनिकं दत्तं च प्रीतिकर्मणि । भ्रातृमातृपितृप्राप्तं षड्विधं स्त्रीधनं स्मृतम् ॥); a gift made to a woman at the time of marriage : विवाहकाले यत्स्त्रीभ्यो दीयते ह्यग्निसन्निधौ । तदध्यग्निकृतं सद्भिः स्त्रीधनं परिकीर्तितम् ॥ So अध्यग्निकृतं अध्यग्न्युपागतम्; पितृ- मातृपतिभ्रातृदत्तमध्यग्न्युपागतम् । आधिवेदनिकाद्यं च स्त्रीधनं परिकीर्तितम्.
adhyāhāraḥ अध्याहारः A mode of interpreting a sentence. According to this mode, an incomplete sentence is made to yield complete sense by supplying some extra word or words therein. अध्याहार should be clearly distinguished from अनुषङ्ग which also is a mode of interpreting an incomplete sentence; परिपूर्णमेवेदं वाक्यं नाध्याहारमर्हति विप्रलम्भ- कर्तृकम् ŚB. on MS.4.3.1 (see अनुषङ्ग). cf. also अपरि- पूर्णं यद् वाक्यं तदध्याहारेण वा पूर्येत व्यवहितकल्पनया वा । तत्राध्या- हाराद् व्यवहितकल्पना ज्यायसी । अध्याहारे हि अश्रुतः कल्प्येत । ईत- रत्र श्रुतेन सम्बन्धः । ŚB. on MS.7.4.1. अध्याहारः adhyāhārḥ हरणम् haraṇam अध्याहारः हरणम् 1 Supplying an ellipsis (आकाङ्क्षा- विषयपदानुसंधानम्). -2 Arguing; inferring; new supposition; inference or conjecture.
adhyākram अध्याक्रम् 1 U. 1 To fix upon, to occupy. -2 To attack.
adhyākrānta अध्याक्रान्त a. Taken possession of, occupied; ˚ता वसतिरमुना Ś.2.15.
adhyakṣa अध्यक्ष a. [अधिगतः अक्षं इन्द्रियं व्यवहारं वा] 1 Perceptible to the senses, visible; यैरध्यक्षैरथ निजसखं नीरदं स्मारयद्भिः Bv.4.17. -2 One who exercises supervision, presiding over. cf. प्रत्यक्षे$धिकृते$ध्यक्षः । Nm. -क्षः 1 A superintendent, president, head, lord, master, controller, ruler. ततो राज्ञः कलत्राणि भ्रातॄणां चास्य सर्वतः । वाहनेषु समारोप्य अध्यक्षाः प्राद्रवन्भ- यात् ॥ Mb.9.29.94. मया$ध्यक्षेण प्रकृतिः सूयते सचराचरम् Bg.9.1; यदध्यक्षेण जगतां वयमारोपितास्त्वया Ku.6.17; इत्यध्यक्षप्रचारो द्वितीयमधिकरणम् । Kau. A.2 oft. in comp.; गज˚, सेना˚, ग्राम˚, द्वार˚. -2 An eye-witness (Ved.) -3 N. of a plant (क्षीरिका) Mimusops Kauki. (Mar. दुधी).
adhyakṣaram अध्यक्षरम् ind. On the subject of syllables; above all syllables. -रम् The mystic syllable ओम्.
adhyañc अध्यञ्च् [अधि-अञ्च्-क्विन्] 1 Tending upwards; superior, eminent; अध्यङ् शस्त्रभृतां रामः । Bk.5.36. -2 One who obtains or acquires.
adhyaṇḍā अध्यण्डा [अधिकमण्डमिव बीजं यस्याः सा] Names of two plants (अजशृङ्गी) Carpopogon Pruriens (Mar. मेढशिंगी), and भूम्यामलकी Flacourtia Cataphracta (Mar. भुई आंवळी).
adhyāpaka अध्यापक पनम् अध्याय See under अधि.
adhyāpakaḥ अध्यापकः [अधि-इ-णिच्-ण्वुल्] A teacher, preceptor, instructor; especially of the Vedas; व्याकरण˚, न्याय˚ professor or _x001F_+teacher of _x001F_2grammar, logic &c.; भृतक˚ a hired teacher, mercenary teacher; ˚उदितः styled a professor. According to Viṣṇu-Smṛiti an adhyāpaka is of 2 kinds : he is either an Achārya i. e. one who invests a boy with the sacred thread and initiates him into the Vedas, or he is an Upādhyāya i. e. one who teaches for livelihood (वृत्त्यर्थम्) See Ms.2.14-141. and the two words. [उपनीय तु यः शिष्यां वेदमध्यापयेद्द्विजः । सकल्पं सरहस्यं च तमाचार्यं प्रचक्षते ॥ एकदेशं तु वेदस्य वेदाङ्गान्यपि वा पुनः । यो$ध्यापयति कृत्त्यर्थमुपाध्यायः स उच्यते ॥]
adhyāpanam अध्यापनम् [इ-णिच्-भावे-ल्युट्] Teaching, instructing, lecturing, especially on sacred knowledge; one of the six duties of a Brāhmaṇa. According to Indian lawgivers अध्यापन is of three kinds: (1) undertaken for charity, (2) for wages and (3) in consideration of services rendered; cf. Hārīta : अध्यापनं च त्रिविधं धर्मार्थमृक्थ- कारणम् । शुश्रूषाकरणं चेति त्रिविधं परिकीर्तितम् ॥
adhyāpayitṛ अध्यापयितृ m. [इ-णिच्-तृच्] A teacher, instructor.
adhyarbudam अध्यर्बुदम् [अधिकं or अधिजातं अर्बुदम्] A tumour, goitre; यज्जायते$न्यत्खलु पूर्वजाते ज्ञेयं तदध्यर्बुदमर्बुदज्ञैः Suśr.
adhyardha अध्यर्ध a. [अधिकमर्धं यस्य] Having an additional half; अध्यर्धयोजनं गत्वा सरय्वा दक्षिणे तटे Rām.1.22.11; Bṛ. Up.3.9.1. एकाधिकं हरेज्जयेष्ठः पुत्रो$ध्यर्धं ततो$नुजः Ms.9.117; शतमध्यर्धमायता Mb., i. e. 15; ˚योजनशतात् Pt. 2.18. (in comp. with a following noun) Amounting to or worth one and a half; ˚कंस amounting to one and a half Kaṁsa; so ˚काकिणीक, कार्षापण-णिक, ˚खारीक, ˚पण्य, ˚पाद्य, ˚प्रतिक, ˚भाष्य, ˚विंशतिकीन, ˚शत-त्य, ˚श-शा-तमान, ˚शाण, ˚शाण्य, ˚शूर्प, ˚सहस्र, ˚सौवर्ण &c. (P.V.1.28-35.). -र्धः Wind (यदस्मिन् इदं सर्वं अध्यार्ध्नोत् अधिकमवर्धयत् तेन अध्यर्धः पवनः इति स्थितम् Bṛ. Up.).
adhyāropaḥ अध्यारोपः 1 Raising, elevating &c. -2 (In Vedānta Phil.) Act of attributing falsely or through mistake; erroneously attributing the properties of one thing to another; considering through mistake a rope (which) is not really a serpent) to be serpent, or considering Brahman (which is not really the material world) to be the material world; असर्पभूतरज्जौ सर्पारोपवत्, अजगद्रूपे ब्रह्मणि जगद्रूपारोपवत्, वस्तुनि अवस्त्वारोपो$ध्यारोपः Vedāntasāra. -3 Erroneous knowledge.
adhyāropaṇam अध्यारोपणम् 1 Raising &c.; अलीक˚ K.222.18. -2 Sowing (seed).
adhyāropita अध्यारोपित p. p. Falsely attributed or supposed; hyperbolical.
adhyārūḍha अध्यारूढ p. p 1 Mounted, ascended. -2 Raised above, elevated. -3 Above, superior to, more than (with instr.); below, inferior; ततो$ध्यारुढानां पदमसुजनद्वेष- जननम् Mu.5.12 of those in high office; आयुधपरिग्रहं यावद- ध्यारूढो दुर्योगः U.6 my insolence went the length of taking up arms.
adhyāruh अध्यारुह् 1 P. 1 to ascend, mount; विष्णुपदं द्वितीयमध्या- रुरोहेव रजश्छलेन R.16.28; (fig.) to gain ascendancy over, domineer or lord it over; लतेव विटपकानध्यारोहति K. 15; बुद्धिहीनो$युच्छ्रितो$पि भूभृत् परैरध्यारुह्यमाणमात्मानं न चेतयते Dk.154. -Caus. [-रोहयति] 1 To cause to ascend, mount or sit in. -2 (-रोपयति) (a) To place one in, entrust or appoint to; to cause, produce, bring about; कुसुमायुधस्य दुर्जयतामध्यारोपयन्ती K.148; कस्य न बन्धुत्वमध्यारोपयसि 22. (b) To attribute falsely; दोषानवि गुणपक्षमध्यारोपयद्भिः K. 18 (falsely) representing even vices as virtues. (c) To overdo, exaggerate.
adhyas अध्यस् 4 P. 1 To place upon another, add or append to. -2 (In Phil) To attribute or ascribe falsely, attribute the nature of one thing to another; सर्वो हि पुरो$वस्थिते विषये विषयान्तरमध्यस्यति, बाह्यधर्मानात्मन्यध्यस्यति Ś.B.
adhyās अध्यास् 2 A. 1 (a) To lie down, settle upon; occupy, dwell in (as a seat or habitation:; seat oneself in or upon, enter upon, get into (as a path &c.) (with acc. of place); त्वरिततरमध्यास्यतामियं वनस्थली K.28;36,4; पर्णशालामध्यास्य R.1.95; द्वितीयमाश्रममध्या- सितुं समयः V.5; द्वारदेशमध्यास्ते Dk.3 is waiting at the door; R.2.17;4.74;6.1;12.85;13.22,76;15. 93; Me.78; Bk.1.5; Ms.7.77; अये सिंहासनमध्यास्ते वृषलः Mu.3; भगवत्या प्राश्निकपदमध्यासितव्यम् M.1 occupy the seat of judge, accept the office of judge. (b) To take possession of, grasp, seize; धेन्वा तदध्यासितकातराक्ष्या R.2. 52 with eyes tremulous on account of her being seized by him (अध्यासितम् = आक्रमणम्). (c) To resort to, inhabit; यदध्यासितमर्हद्भिस्तद्धि प्रचक्षते Ku.6.56. -2 To live in conjugal relation; cohabit with. -3 To be directed or fixed upon. -4 To rule, govern, influence; affect, concern (mostly Ved.). -Caus. To cause one to sit down upon; भवन्तमध्यासयन्नासनम् Bk.2.46.
adhyāsaḥ अध्यासः [अस्-घञ्] 1 False attribution, wrong supposition (गिथ्याज्ञनम्, अतस्मिंस्तद्बुद्धिः or अयथार्थानुभवः); स्मृतिरूपः परत्र पूर्वदृष्टावभासः; for full explanation see Ś. B.8-22 and अध्यारोप also. -2 An appendage. -3 Putting down upon; पादाध्यासे शतं दमः Y.2.217.
adhyāsaḥ अध्यासः See Under अध्यस्.
adhyaśanam अध्यशनम् [अधिकमशनम्] Excessive eating, eating again before the last meal is digested; साजीर्णे भुज्यते यत्तु तदध्यशनमुच्यते Suśr.
adhyāsanam अध्यासनम् 1 Sitting down upon, occupying, presiding over. -2 A seat, place.
adhyāśayaḥ अध्याशयः (उत्कृष्टः आशयः कर्णिकाख्यः) the pericarp; अध्याशयो वा स्फुटपुण्डरीकं पुराधिराजं तदलञ्चकार । Bu. Ch.1.9. the commentator explains the word also as 'Jīva' अधि प्रधानभूत आशेते निवसति शरीर इत्यध्याशयो जिवः ।
adhyāsita अध्यासित a. Seated down, upon, settled. -तम् Sitting upon; धेन्वा तदध्यासितकातराक्ष्या निरीक्ष्यमाणः R.2.52.
adhyasta अध्यस्त p. p. [अस्-क्त] 1 Placed upon or over -2 Attributed, wrongly ascribed or supposed; as शुक्तौ रजतमध्यस्तम्, ब्रह्मणि जगदध्यस्तम् &c.
adhyasthi अध्यस्थि n. [अधिरूढमस्थि] A bone growing over another.
adhyātma अध्यात्म a. [आत्मन. संबद्धं, आत्मनि अधिकृतं वा] Belonging to self or person; concerning an individual. -त्मम् ind. [आत्मानमधिकृत्य] Concerning self. -त्मम् The supreme spirit (manifested as the individual self) or the relation between the supreme and the individual soul; अक्षरं ब्रह्म परमं स्वभावो$ध्यात्ममुच्यते Bg.8.3 (स्वस्यैव ब्रह्मण एवांशतया जीवस्वरूपेण भावो भवनं स एव आत्मानं देहमधिकृत्य भोक्तृ- त्वेन वर्तमानो$ध्यात्मशब्देनोच्यते Śrīdhara) 'Brahman is the supreme, the indestructible; its manifestation (as an individual self) is अध्यात्म' -Telang's Bhagavadgītā; -त्मन् 1 Egotism; कर्माण्यध्यात्मना रुद्रे यदहं ममता क्रिया Bhāg. 7.12.29. -2 Wind; स्पर्शमध्यात्मनि त्वचम् Bhāg.7.12.27. ˚चेतसा Bg.3.3. -Comp. -ज्ञानम्-विद्या knowledge of the supreme spirit or आत्मन्, theosophical or metaphysical knowledge (the doctrines taught by the Upaniṣads &c.); ˚विद्या विद्यानां वादः प्रवदतामहम् Bg.1.32 (अध्यात्मविद्या न्यायवैशेषिकमते देहभिन्नत्वेन, सांख्यादिमते प्रकृतिभिन्नत्वेन आत्मनः स्वरूपादिप्रतिपादिका, वेदान्तिमते तु ब्रह्माभिन्नत्वेन इति भेदः; सर्वेषां मते$पि आत्मतत्त्वज्ञानरूपत्वात्तस्या अध्यात्मविद्यात्वम्.). त्रयी विग्रह- वत्येव सममध्यात्मविद्यया M.1.14; -वृश्-विद् n. [अध्यात्मं पश्यति वेत्ति वा] one proficient in this knowledge; न ह्यन- ध्यात्मवित्कश्चित् क्रियाफलमुपाश्रुते Ms.6.82. -योगः [आत्मानं क्षेत्रज्ञमधिकृत्य योगः] concentration of the mind on the Ātman drawing it off from all objects of sense. -रति a. [स. ब.] one who delights in the contemplation of the supreme spirit; अध्यात्मरतिरासीनो निरपेक्षो निरामिषः । आत्मनैव सहायेन सुखार्थी विचरेदिह ॥ Ms.6.49. -रामायणम् N. of a Rāmāyaṇa which treats of the relation between the supreme and the individual soul, while it narrates Rāma's story. It forms part of the Brahmāṇḍa Purāṇa.
adhyātmika अध्यात्मिक a. (-की f.) Relating to अध्यात्म.
adhyavahananam अध्यवहननम् [अधि उपरि अवहननम्] Beating again what is being threshed and peeled (पूर्वावघातेन वितुषीकर- णे$पि पुनरवघातः).
adhyāvāhanikam अध्यावाहनिकम् [अध्यावाहनं पितृगृहात्पतिगृहगमनम्, तत्काले लब्धम्; लब्धार्थे ठन्] One of the six kinds of स्त्रीधन or woman's property, the property which she receives when leaving her father's house for her husband's; Ms.9.194. यत् पुनर्लभते नारी नीयमाना तु पैतृकात् (गृहात्) । अध्यावाहनिकं नाम स्त्रीधनं परिकीर्तितम् ॥
adhyāvāpaḥ अध्यावापः [अधि-आ-वप्-घञ्] 1 Act of sowing or scattering (seed &c.) -2 [आधारे घञ्] A field wherein seed &c. is sown.
adhyavasānam अध्यवसानम् [भावे-ल्युट्] 1 Effort, determination &c. See अध्यवसाय -2 (In Rhet.) Identification of two things (प्रकृत and अप्रकृत) in such a manner that the one is completely absorbed into the other; निगीर्याध्यवसानं तु प्रकृतस्य परेण यत् K. P.1; on such identification is founded the figure called अतिशयोक्ति, and the लक्षणा called साध्यवसाना. See K. P.2.
adhyavasāyaḥ अध्यवसायः 1 An attempt, effort, exertion; न स्वल्प- मप्यध्यवसायभीरोः करोति विज्ञाननिधिर्गुणं हि H.1.v.l.; ˚सह- चरेषु साहसेषु Dk.161. -2 Determination, resolution; mental effort or apprehension; संभावनं नाम अस्तित्वाध्यव- सायः P.VI.2.21. cf. also प्रतिविषयाध्यवसायो दृष्टम् । Sāṅk-hya K.5. -3 Perseverance, diligence, energy, constancy; तत्को$यं पदे पदे महाननध्यवसायः U.4 absence of energy or resolution, drooping of spirits; (with महानध्यवसायः as the reading, the meaning would be 'why this effort on your part i. e. to determine whether you should go or not, hesitation.')
adhyavasāyin अध्यवसायिन् a. [सो-णिनि] Attempting; resolute, persevering, energetic.
adhyavasin अध्यवसिन् a. One who observes a vow, धर्माश्रमे$- ध्यवसिनां ब्राह्मणानां युधिष्ठिरः Mb.12.64.6.
adhyavasita अध्यवसित p. p. Attempted, mentally apprehended, determined.
adhyavaso अध्यवसो 4 P. 1 To determine, resolve; कथमिदानीं दुर्जनवचनादेवं अध्यवसितं देवेन U. 1; अदुर्लभं मरणमध्यवसितम् K. 171; किमध्यवस्यन्ति गुरवः Ve.1; अभिधातुमध्यवससौ न गिरा Śi.9.76; resolve or mean to do. -2 To attempt, exert, undertake; मा साहसं अध्यवस्यः Dk.123; व्रतं दुष्करमध्यवसितम् H.1. -3 To grapple with. -4 To conceive, apprehend, think; अकार्यं कार्यवदध्यवस्य Dk.86.
adhyaya अध्यय अध्ययनम् &c. See under अधी.
adhyāya अध्याय a. [इ-घञ् P.III.3.21] (At the end of comp.) A reader, student, one who studies; वेदाध्यायः a student of the Vedas; so मन्त्र˚ -यः 1 Reading, learning, study, especially of the Vedas; प्रशान्ताध्यायसत्कथा (नगरी) Rām. -2 Proper time for reading or for a lesson; ˚ज्ञाः प्रचक्षते Ms.4.12, see अनध्याय also. -3 A lesson, lecture; अधीयते$स्मिन् अध्यायः P.III.3.122; so स्वाध्यायो$ध्येतव्यः. -4 A chapter, a large division of a work, such as of the Rāmāyaṇa, Mahābhārata, Manu-smṛiti, Pāṇini's Sūtras &c. The following are some of the names used by Sanskrit writers to denote chapters or divisions of works :--सर्गो वर्गः परिच्छेदोद्घाताध्यायाङ्क- संग्रहाः । उच्छ्वासः परिवर्तश्च पटलः काण्डमाननम् । स्थानं प्रकरणं चैव पर्वोल्लासाह्निकानि च । स्कन्धांशौ तु पुराणादौ प्रायशः परिकीर्तितौ ॥
adhyayaḥ अध्ययः [इ-भावे अच्] 1 Learning, study; remembrance. -2 = अध्याय, q. v.
adhyayanam अध्ययनम् 1 [इ-ल्युट्] Learning, study, reading (especially the Vedas); one of the six duties of a Brāhmaṇa. The study of the Vedas is allowed to the first 3 classes, but not to a Śūdra Ms.1.88.91. अध्ययनं च अक्षरमात्रपाठ इति वैदिकाः, सार्थाक्षरग्रहणमिति मीमांसकाः; the latter view is obviously correct; cf. यथा पशुर्भारवाही न तस्य भजते फलम् । द्विजस्तथार्थानभिज्ञो न वेदफलमश्रुते ॥ or better still Yāska's Nirukta : स्थाणुरयं भारहारः किलाभूदधीत्य वेदं न विजानाति यो$र्थम् । यो$र्थज्ञ इत् (अर्थविद्) सकलं भद्रमश्रुते नाकमेति ज्ञानविधूतपाप्मा ॥ See also under अनग्नि. -2 Muttering प्रणव mantra; वीतरागा महाप्रज्ञा ध्यानाध्ययनसम्पदा Mb. 12.3.49. (अध्ययनं प्रणवजपः इति टीका) -3 Teaching; कृत्वा चाध्ययनं तेषां शिष्याणां शतमुत्तमम् Mb.12.318.17 see अध्यापनम्.
adhyāyin अध्यायिन् a. [इ-णिनि] Studying.
adhyeṣaṇam अध्येषणम् [अधि-इष् प्रैरणे-ल्युट्] Causing one to do a thing, especially a preceptor &c. as an honorific duty. -णा [अधिका एषणा प्रार्थना] Solicitation, entreaty.
adhyetṛ अध्येतृ m., -त्री f. A student, learner.
adhyūḍha अध्यूढ a. [अधि उपरि ऊढः] 1 Raised, exalted, elevated, hanging over. एतस्यामृच्यध्यूढ साम तस्मादृच्यध्यूढ साम गीयते Ch. Up.1.6.1. -2 Abundant, increased, copious. -3 Rich, affluent. -ढः 1 Śiva. -2 The son of a woman pregnant before marriage; अध्यूढश्च तथा$परः Mb.13.49.4. -ढा A wife whose husband has married another wife and thus superseded her (अधिविन्ना q. v.). अध्यूढायाश्च यद् दुःखं साक्षिभिर्विहितस्य च Mb.2.68.83.
adhyūdhnī अध्यूध्नी [अधिकम् ऊधो यस्याः अनङ् ङीप् च] 1 A cow with full and fat udders. -2 The vessel (in the body) above the udder or above the scrotum; perhaps urethra (?).
adhyūh अध्यूह् 1 U. 1 To overlay, place on or upon. -2 To raise above.
adhyūhanam अध्यूहनम् Putting of a layer (of ashes &c.).
adhyuṣita अध्युषित a. Inhabited, occupied.
adhyuṣita अध्युषित p. p. _x001F_-Inhabited, _x001F_-resorted to; विद्याधराध्युषित- चारुशिलातलानि स्थानानि Bh.2.7; बलैरध्युषितास्तस्य R.4.46; 9.25;14.3; सप्तर्षिमंण्डल˚ K.48.
adhyuṣite अध्युषिते ind. At daybreak; उवाच राजन्संग्रामे$ध्युषिते पर्युपस्थिते Mb.8.36.4.
adhyuṣṭa अध्युष्ट a. (Ety?) Coiled up three and a half times; ˚वलयः a snake forming a ring coiled up three and a half times; अवाप्य स्वां भूमिं भुजकनिभमध्युष्टवलयं स्वमात्मानं कृत्वा A. L.1.
adhyuṣṭraḥ अध्युष्ट्रः [अधिगतः उष्ट्रं वाहनेत्वेन] A carriage drawn or borne by camels.
anadhyakṣa अनध्यक्ष a. [न. त.] 1 Not perceptible or observable, invisible; मनो$पि न तथाज्ञानादनध्यक्षं तदा भवेत् । Bhāṣā P. -2 Without controller or ruler &c.
anadhyāyaḥ अनध्यायः अनध्ययनम् [न. त.] Not studying, intermission of study; the time when there is or ought to be such intermission, a holiday (˚दिवसः); अद्य शिष्टानध्यायः U.4 a holiday (given) in honour of distinguished guests. See Ms.2.15-6;4.13-4;15-8;117-8, 126 &c.
apadhyai अपध्यै 1 P. To think ill of, have evil thoughts about, curse mentally; अपध्याता च विप्रेण न्यपतद्धरणीतले Mb.
apadhyānam अपध्यानम् 1 Evil thoughts, thinking ill of, cursing mentally; तदपध्यानात् पिशाचतामुपगतम् K.29. -2 Meditation upon things which are not to be thought of. (Jain).
ūvadhyam ऊवध्यम् Half digested food; Bṛi. Up.1.1.1. उवध्य- गोहं पार्थिवं रवनतात् T. Br.
aikadhyam ऐकध्यम् Singleness of time or occurrence.
gadhya गध्य a. Ved. To be seized (as booty); ऋज्रा वाजं न गध्यं युयूषन् Rv.4.16.11.
pradhyai प्रध्यै 1 P., Ā. 1 To meditate upon, think, reflect, consider. -2 To devise, hit upon.
pradhyānam प्रध्यानम् 1 Deep thought or reflection. -2 Reflection or thought in general.
magadhyati मगध्यति Den. P. 1 To surround. -2 To serve, be a slave, attend upon, (as a bard, waiter &c.).
madhya मध्य a. [मन्-यत् नस्य धः Tv.] 1 Middle, central, being in the middle or centre; एकं मुक्तागुणमिव भुवः स्थूल- मध्येन्द्रनीलम् Me.48; Ms.2.21. -2 Intervening, intermediate. -3 Middling, moderate, of a middling size or quality, mediocre; अग्ऱ्यो मध्यो जघन्यश्च तं प्रवेक्ष्याम्यशेषतः Ms.12.3; प्रारभ्य विघ्नविहता विरमन्ति मध्याः Bh.2.27. -4 Neutral, impartial. -5 Just, right. -6 Mean (in astr.). -ध्यः, -ध्यम् 1 The middle, centre, middle or central part; अह्नः मध्यम् midday; सहस्रदीधितिरलंकरोति मध्यमह्नः Māl. 1 'the sun is on the meridian' or 'right over-head'; सरति सहसा बाह्वोर्मध्यं गताप्यबला सती M.4.11 (v. l.); व्योममध्ये V.2.1. -2 The middle of the body, the waist; मध्ये क्षामा Me.84; वेदिविलग्नमध्या Ku.1.39; विशालवक्षास्तनुवृत्तमध्यः R.6.32; दधाना बलिभं मध्यं कर्णजाहविलोचना Bk.4.16. -3 The belly, abdomen; मध्येन ... वलित्रयं चारु बभार बाला Ku.1.39. -4 The inside or interior of anything. -5 A middle state or condition. -6 The flank of a horse. -7 Mean time in music. -8 The middle term of a progression. -9 Cessation, pause, interval. -ध्या 1 The middle finger. -2 A young woman, one arrived at puberty. -ध्यम् Ten thousand billions. [The acc., instr., abl. and loc. singulars of मध्य are used adverbially. (a) मध्यम् into the midst of, into. (b) मध्येन through or between. (c) मध्यात् out of, from among, from the midst (with gen.); तेषां मध्यात् काकः प्रोवाच Pt.1. (d) मध्ये 1 in the middle, between, among, in the midst; स जहार तयोर्मध्ये मैथिलीं लोकशोषणः R.12.29. -2 in, into, within, inside, oft. as the first member of adverbial compounds; e. g. मध्येगङ्गम् into the Ganges; मध्येजठरम् in the belly; Bv.1.61; मध्येनगरम् inside the city; मध्येनदि in the middle of the river; मध्येपृष्ठम् on the back; मध्येभक्तम् a medicine taken in the middle of one's meals; मध्येरणम् in the battle; Bv.1.128; मध्ये- सभम् in or before an assembly; N.6.76; मध्येसमुद्रम् in the midst of the sea; Śi.3.33.]. -Comp. -अङ्गुलिः, -ला f. the middle finger. -अह्नः (for अहन्) midday, noon; प्रातःकालो मुहूर्तांस्त्रीन् संगवस्तावदेव तु । मध्याह्नस्त्रिमुहूर्तं स्यात् ...... Dakṣasamhitā. ˚कृत्यम्, ˚क्रिया a midday rite or observance. ˚कालः, ˚वेला, ˚समयः noontime, midday. ˚स्नानम् midday ablution. -आदित्यः the mid-day sun. -उदात्त a. having the उदात्त accent on the middle syllable. -कर्णः a radius. -क्ष्मामा N. of a metre. -ग a. being or going in the middle or among. -गत a. central, middle, being in the middle. -गन्धः the mango tree. -ग्रहणम् the middle of an eclipse. -छाया mean or middle shadow. -जिह्वम् the organ of the palatals. -ज्या the sign of the meridian. -तमस् n. circular or annular darkness, central darkness. -तापिनी N. of an Upaniṣad. -दन्तः a front tooth. -दिनम् (also मध्यंदिनम्); मध्यंदिने$र्धरात्रे च Ms.7.151. 1 midday, noon. -2 a midday offering. -दीपकम् a variety of the figure called Dīpaka, in which the common attribute that throws light on the whole description is placed in the middle; e. g; गरुडानिलतिग्मरश्मयः पततां यद्यपि संमता जवे । अचिरेण कृतार्थमागतं तममन्यन्त तथाप्यतीव ते ॥ Bk.1.25. -देशः 1 the middle region or space, the middle part of anything. -2 the waist. -3 the belly. -4 the meridian. -5 the central region, the country lying between the Himālaya and Vindhya mountains; हिमवद्विन्ध्ययोर्मध्यं यत्प्राग्विनशनादपि । प्रत्यगेव प्रयागाच्च मध्यदेशः स कीर्तितः ॥ Ms.2.21. -देहः the trunk of the body, the belly. -निहित a. inserted, fixed into. -पदम् the middle word. ˚लेपिन् see मध्यमपदलोपिन्. -परिमाणम् the middle measure (between an atom and infinitude). -पातः 1 communion, intercourse. -2 (in astr.) the mean occurrence of the aspect. -प्रविष्ट a. one who has stolen into another's confidence; Ks. -भः (in astr.) the meridian ecliptic point. -भागः 1 the middle part. -2 the waist. -भावः 1 middle state, mediocrity. -2 a middling or moderate distance. -मणिः the principle or central gem of a necklace. -यवः a weight of six white mustard-seeds. -योगिन् a. being in the middle of a conjunction, completely obscured. -रात्रः, -रात्रिः f. midnight. -रेखा the central or first meridian; (the line supposed to be drawn through लङ्का, उज्जयिनी, कुरुक्षेत्र and other places to the mount मेरु). -लग्नम् the point of the ecliptic situated on the meridian. -लोकः the middle of the three worlds; i. e. the earth or world of mortals. ˚ईशः, ˚ईश्वरः a king. -वयस् a. middle-aged. -वर्तिन् a. 1 middle, central. -2 being among or in the middle. (-m.) an arbitrator, a mediator. -वृत्तम् the navel. -शरीर a. 1 having a middle-sized body. -2 one of moderately full habit. -सूत्रम् = मध्यरेखा q. v. -स्थ a. 1 being or standing in the middle, central. -2 intermediate, intervening. -3 middling. -4 mediating, acting as umpire between two parties. -5 impartial, neutral; सुहृन्मित्रार्युदासीनमध्यस्थ- द्वेष्यबन्धुषु ... समबुद्धिर्विशिष्यते Bg.6.9. -6 indifferent, unconcerned; अन्या मध्यस्थचिन्ता तु विमर्दाभ्यधिकोदया Rām. 2.2.16; मध्यस्थो देशबन्धुषु Pt.4.6; वयमत्र मध्यस्थाः Ś.5. (-स्थः) 1 an umpire, arbitrator, a mediator. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -स्थता 1 intermediate position. -2 middle state or character. -3 mediocrity. -4 arbitration, mediatorship. -5 impartiality; मध्यस्थतां गृहीत्वा भण M.3 'say impartially'; मध्यस्थतानैकतरोपहासः N. -6 indifference. -स्थलम्, -स्थली 1 the middle or centre. -2 the middle space or region. -3 the waist. -4 the hip; कुचौ मरिचसंनिभौ मुरजमध्यमध्यस्थली Udb. -स्थानम् 1 the middle station. -2 the middle space; i. e. air. -3 a neutral region. -स्थित a. central, intermediate. -ता indifference. -स्वरित a. having the स्वरित accent on the middle syllable.
madhyakam मध्यकम् A common property, common belonging; मध्यकं हीदं दम्पत्योर्धनम् ŚB. on MS.6.1.17; मध्यकं स्यात् कृत्स्नं फलम् इति ŚB. on MS.6.2.1.
madhyatas मध्यतस् ind. 1 From the middle or midst, out of. -2 Among, between.
madhyaṃdina मध्यंदिन a. 1 Middle, central. -2 Meridional, belonging to noon (also मध्यंदिनीय). -नम् 1 The midday (the third division of the day out of five); अथ यत् संप्रति मध्यंदिने Ch. Up.2.9.5. -2 The time of the day between 16 to 2 Ghaṭakās; मध्यंदिने विष्णुररीन्द्रपाणिः Bhāg.6.8.2.
madhyanya मध्यन्य a. 1 Occupying a middle station. -2 Having a middle rank or position (in any caste &c.).
madhyama मध्यम a. [मध्ये भवः म] 1 Being or standing in the middle, middle, central; पितुः पदं मध्यममुत्पतन्ती V.1.19; मध्यमोपलम् Ki.9.2; so मध्यमलोकपालः, मध्यमपदम्, मध्यमरेखा q. q. v. v. -2 Intermediate, intervening; नाप्नोद्यो$यं मध्यमः प्राणस्तानि ज्ञातुं दध्रिरे Bṛi. Up.1.5.21. -3 Middling condition or quality, mediocre; as in उत्तमाधममध्यम. -4 Middling, moderate; तेन मध्यमशक्तीनि मित्राणि स्थापितान्यतः R.17.58. -5 Middle-sized. -6 Neither youngest nor oldest, the middleborn (as a brother); प्रणमति पितरौ वां मध्यमः पाण्डवो$यम् Ve.5.26; ततो$र्धं मध्यमस्य स्यात् तुरीयं तु यवीयसः Ms.9.112. -7 Impartial, neutral. -8 Mean (in astr.). -9 Belonging to the meridian. -मः 1 The fifth note in music. -2 A particular musical mode. -3 The mid-land country; see मध्यदेश. -4 The second person (in grammar). -5 A neutral sovereign; धर्मोत्तरं मध्यममाश्रयन्ते R.13.7. -6 the middle-most prince; मध्यमस्य प्रचारं च विजिगीषोश्च चेष्टितम् Ms.7.155. -7 the middle character in plays. -8 The governor of a province. -9 An epithet of Bhīma; (cf. मध्वमव्यायोग). -मा 1 The middle finger. -2 A marriageable girl, one arrived at the age of puberty. -3 The pericarp of a lotus. -4 One of the classes of heroines (Nāyikās) in poetic compositions, a woman in the middle of her youth; cf. S. D. 1. -5 A central blossom. -मम् 1 The middle. -2 The waist; तदैव यन्न दग्धस्त्वं धर्षयंस्तनुमध्यमाम् Rām.6.111.24. -3 The defectiveness. -4 (In astr.) The meridian ecliptic point. -Comp. -अङ्गुलिः the middle finger. -आगमः one of the four Āgamas; Buddh. -आहरणम् (in alg.) elimination of the middle term in an equation. -उत्खातः a particular division of time. -उपलः = मध्यमणिः q. v.; मध्यमोपलनिभे लसदंशौ Ki.9.2. -कक्षा the middle courtyard. -खण्डम् the middle term of an equation. -गतिः (in astr.) the mean motion of a planet. -ग्रामः (in music) the middle scale. -जात a. middle-born. -पदम् the middle member (of a compound). ˚लेपिन् m. a subdivision of the Tatpuruṣa compound in which the middle word is omitted in composition; the usual instance given is शाकपार्थिवः which is dissolved as शाकप्रियः पार्थिवः; here the middle word प्रिय is omitted; so छायातरु, गुडधानाः &c. -पाण्डवः an epithet of Arjuna. -पुरुषः the second person (in grammar). -पूरुषः a mediocre person. -भृतकः a husbandman or cultivator (who works both for himself and his master or landlord). -यानम् the middle way to salvation. -रात्रः midnight. -राष्ट्रकम् a variety of diamonds; Kau. A.2.11.29. -रेखा the central meridian of the earth. -लोकः the middle world, the earth. ˚पालः a king; तां ...... अन्वग्ययौ मध्यमलोकपालः R.2.16. -वयस् n. middle age. -वयस्क a. middle-aged. -संग्रहः intrigue of a middling character, such as sending presents of flowers &c. to another's wife; it is thus defined by Vyāsa :-प्रेषणं गन्धमाल्यानां धूपभूषणवाससाम् । प्रलोभनं चान्नपानैर्मध्यमः संग्रहः स्मृतः ॥ -साहसः the second of the three penalties or modes of punishment; see Ms.8. 138. (-सः, -सम्) an outrage or offence of the middle class. -स्थ a. being in the middle.
madhyamaka मध्यमक a. (-मिका f.) 1 Middle, middle-most. -2 Common (property &c.). -कम् The interior of anything.
madhyamikā मध्यमिका A girl arrived at puberty, a marriageable woman.
madhyamīya मध्यमीय a. Middle, central.
madhye मध्ये See under मध्य.
mākāradhyānam माकारध्यानम् A particular method of abstract meditation.
vadhya वध्य a. 1 To be killed or slain. -2 Sentenced to be killed. -3 Vulnerable. -4 To be subjected to corporeal punishment, to be corporeally punished -ध्यः 1 A victim, one seeking his doom; अद्यापि बध्यमानां वध्यः को नेच्छति शिखां मे Mu.1.9. -2 An enemy. -Comp. -दिण्डिमः, -पटहः a drum beaten at the time of execution. -पालः a jailer. -भूः, -भूमिः f., -स्थलम्, -स्थानम् a place of execution. -माला a garland of flowers placed on a person who is about to be executed. -वासस् the clothes of a criminal who has been executed; वध्यांश्च हन्युः सततं यथाशास्त्रं नृपाज्ञया । वध्यवासांसि गृह्णीयुः शय्याश्चाभरणानि च ॥ Ms.1.56. -शिला 1 an executioner's block, scaffold. -2 a slaughter-house.
vadhyā वध्या Killing, slaughter, murder.
vyadhyaḥ व्यध्यः 1 A butt, target, a mark to aim at. -2 A bow-string.
sadhyañc सध्यञ्च् a. (-सध्रीची f.) [सहाञ्चति; cf. P.VI.3.95] 1 Going along with, associated with, accompanying. -2 Right, correct; क्षेमस्य सध्र्यग्विमृशेषु हेतुः Bhāg.4.22.21. -m. A companion (husband); सध्रीचा वलयितपद्मनालसूत्रः Śi.8.44.
Macdonell Vedic Search
5 results
adhyakṣa ádhy-akṣa, m. eye-witness; surveyor, x. 129, 7 [having one’s eye upon].
gamadhyai gám-a-dhyai, dat. ínf. (of gam) to go, i. 154, 6.
madhya mádhya, a. middle, vii. 49, 1. 3; x. 15, 14 [Lat. mediu-s].
madhyama madhya-má, spv. a. middlemost, x. 15, 1.
vimadhya ví-madhya, m. middle, iv. 51, 3.
Macdonell Search
69 results
adhyācāra m. sphere, province.
adhyadhikṣepa m. unseemly fault-finding.
adhyadhīna a. wholly dependent; m. slave.
adhyadhvam ad. on the way.
adhyagni ad. before the fire (esp. at weddings).
adhyāhāra m. supplying, supple menting.
adhyāhārya fp. to be supplied.
adhyākāśam ad. in the air.
adhyakṣa a. perceptible; m. eye-witness; overseer, inspector; n. perception.
adhyaṃsa a. lying on the shoulder.
adhyantena (in.) ad. close up to (d.).
adhyāpaka m. teacher.
adhyāpana n. instruction.
adhyāpaya cs. of adhi+√ i, teach.
adhyāpya fp. to be instructed.
adhyardha a. one and a half.
adhyāropa m., °ree; -nâ, f. erro neous predication (ph.).
adhyāsa m. placing upon; erroneous predication.
adhyāsin a. sitting upon.
adhyāsita (pp.) n. the sitting upon.
adhyāsitavya fp. to be under taken.
adhyātma a. peculiar to one's person; n. supreme soul; the soul as agent of an action; -vidyâ, f. science of the universal soul.
adhyāvāhanika n. property brought with her by a woman from the parental house.
adhyavasāyin a. resolved on (--°ree;).
adhyavasāyita pp. firmly re solved.
adhyavasita pp. √ sâ.
adhyāya m. reading, study (esp. of sacred books); time suitable for study; chapter.
adhyayana n. [going to a teacher], study, reading (esp. of sacred books); learning from (ab.); -sampradâna, n. guidance in study; -½âdâna, n. receiving instruction from (ab.).
adhyeṣaṇa n. request.
adhyetavya fp. to be studied, -read.
adhyūḍha pp. (√ ûh) placed upon (lc.).
adhyuras ad. on the breast.
adhyuṣita pp. √ vas.
anadhyāyin a. not studying.
anadhyāya m. prohibition of study; adjournment of study.
anadhyātmavid a. not knowing the supreme soul.
anadhyayana n. neglect of study.
anadhyakṣa a. not perceptible.
avadhya fp. inviolable: -vyavasâ ya-vâhya, a. foreign to the resolve that no thing should be killed; -tâ, f. inviolable ness; -tva, n., -bhâva, m. id.
āmadhyāhnam ad. till noon.
ūvadhya n. contents of the entrails.
aikadhyam ad. at once, together; -patya, n. sole dominion over (g.); -matya, n. unanimity; -mukhya, n. agreement; -râg ya, n. sole dominion; -râtrika, a. remaining a night; -rûpya, n. uniformity; identity.
gamadhyai d. inf. to go.
dadhyanna n. rice cooked with cur dled milk; -½ódana, n. pap prepared with curdled milk.
pūrvamadhyānha m. forenoon; -mârin, a. dying before, predeceasing; -mî mâmsâ, f. earlier Mîmâmsâ (the philosophi cal system founded by Gaimini and dealing with the discussion of the sacred text); -mu kha, a. facing eastwards.
pradhyāna n. reflexion, absorp tion; -dhvamsa, m. annihilation, destruc tion; disappearance (of a disease); -dhváms ana, a. destroying; m. destroyer; -dhvams a½abhâva, m. (non-existence in consequence of annihilation), cessation of existence; -dhvamsin, a. perishable, transitory; --°ree;, de stroying.
prātaradhyeya fp. to be recited early in the morning; -anuvâká, m. early recitation (the litany with which the Prâtah savana begins); -anta, a. ending in the morning; -apavarga, a. id.; -abhivâda, m. morning greeting; -avanegá, m. morning ablution; -ahna, m. early part of the day, forenoon; -âsa, m. morning meal, breakfast; -âsita, pp. having taken one's morning meal, having breakfasted; -âhutí, f.morning sacri fice (the second half of the daily Agnihotra sacrifice).
bahuramadhya a. thick in the middle (Soma).
bharadhyai (V.) d. inf. of √ bhri.
bhavanmadhya a. having &open;bha vat&close; in the middle: -m, ad. with &open;bhavat&close; in the middle.
madhya a. middle (in V. like Latin medius=mid-, the middle of); central; mid dling, mediocre, of medium kind; middle sized; moderate; intermediate; neutral (â vritti, f. middle course); (m.) n. middle of the body, esp. woman's waist; n. middle, centre; inside, interior; meridian; interme diate condition between (g.); ten thousand bil lions (as being between koti and parârdha): -m, into the midst of, into, amongst (g. or --°ree;); in. in or through the midst of, between (ac., g., or --°ree;); ab. from the midst of, out of, from among (g. or --°ree;); lc. in the middle, between; in the midst of, within, in, into, among (g. or --°ree;); --°ree;--=ac. or lc.; madhye kri, place in the middle, make an intermediary of; ac count (--°ree;); -kritya, with regard to (ac.).
madhyamandira n. female or gan; anus.
madhyamaka a. (ikâ) common to (g.); n. interior: -m pra-vis, enter; -ka kshâ, f. middle of the courtyard; -gâta, pp. born in the middle (son).
madhyama spv. middlemost, situ ated between; being in the middle, central; of medium kind or strength, middle-sized, middling, mediocre, moderate; neutral; m. =Madhya-desa; middle=fourth orfifth note in the scale; one of the three musical scales; second person (gr.); m. n. middle of the body, waist; n. middle; meridian.
madhyapatita pp. lying be tween; -pâta, m. intercourse; -bhâga, m. middle part; waist: lc. therein; within (g.); -bhâva, m. moderate distance.
madhyaṃdina m. midday, noon; midday offering (savana).
madhyatas ad. from, in, or into the midst of, out of, among (g. or --°ree;); of mid dle sort; -tâ, f. mediocrity; -desa, m. middle region; waist; Midland (the country lying between the Himâlaya, the Vindhya, Vina sana in the west and Prayâga in the east): pl. the inhabitants of Madhya-desa: î-ya, a. be longing to or living in Midland; -desya, a. id.; -deha, m. middle of the body; -nagara, n. interior of a city; -nihita,pp. put inside.
madhyakaumudī f. T. of a grammar = madhya-siddhânta-kaumudî; -ga, a. moving in the midst of, being in, on, or among, contained in, abiding among, be ing common to (g. or --°ree;); -gata,pp. being in the midst of, between, or among (g. or --°ree;); -kârin, a. moving in the midst of or among (g.).
madhyenagaram ad. within a city; -nadi, ad. in or into the river; -na resvara-sabham, ad. in the midst of the assembly of the princes; -padmam, ad. in a lotus; -prishtham, ad. on the back; -vin dhya½atavi, ad. in the forests of the Vindhya; -vindhya½antar, ad. in the midst of the Vin dhya; -vyoma, ad. in the air; -sabham, ad. in the assembly, in public; -samudram, ad. in the midst of the sea.
madhyāditya m. noontide sun: -gate&zip;hani, at midday; â-varsha, n. middle of the rainy season; -½ahna, m. midday: -kâ la, m., -velâ, f., -samaya, m. noontide.
madhyā in. ad. (RV.) between (g.); meanwhile.
madhyarātra m. midnight; -râ tri, f. id.; -rekhâ, f. central line (supposed to be drawn to Mount Meru from La&ndot;kâ, Uggayinî, Kurukshetra, and other places); -vayas, a. middle-aged; -vartin,a. being in the midst of, in, or among (--°ree;); -sarîra, a. moderately stout; -sâyin, a. lying within; -siddhânta-kaumudî, f. medium Siddhânta kaumudî, T. of an abridgment of the Sid dhânta-kaumudî; -stha, a. being in the mid dle; being in the air; being within; being in, between, or among (g. or --°ree;); mediating between (g.); middling; indifferent, impar tial, neutral; standing between=belonging to neither or to both parties (territory etc.): -tâ, f. indifference; impartiality; -sthala, n. middle part, hip; -sthâna, n. middle re gion, atmosphere; -sthita, pp. being between (g.); indifferent: -tâ, f. indifference.
madhyamā f. middle finger.
madhyamapadalopin a. in which the middle word is dropped (com pound: e. g. sâka-pârthiva=vegetable, sc. loving, king); -purusha, m. kind of personi fication; second person (gr.); -pûrusha, m. mediocre person; -bhâva, m. moderate dis tance; -râtra, m. midnight; -loka, m. mid dle world=earth: -pâla, m. protector of earth, king, -½indu, m. moon of earth, king; -vayas-á, n. middle age; -½ashtakâ,f. eighth day in the dark fortnight of Mâgha.
yajadhyai d. inf. of √ yag (RV.).
vadhya fp. to be slain or killed; de serving or liable to be killed; sentenced to death; to be chastised or corporally pun ished; to be destroyed: -tâ, f. penalty of death or corporal punishment; -pataha, m.drum beaten at executions; -bhû, f. place of execution; -bhûmi, f. id.; -mâlâ, f. garland placed on the head of one sentenced to death; -silâ, f. stone used for executing or slaughter ing, block; -sthâna, n. place of execution; -srag, f.=-mâlâ.
vadhyā f. (--°ree;) slaughter, murder.
vahadhyai V. inf. (√ vah) to ride.
sahadhyai d. inf. √ sah.
Vedic Index of
Names and Subjects
69 results10 results
adhyānda This is a plant mentioned with many others in the śatapatha Brāhmana
avadhyatā See Brāhmanṇa
dadhyañc atharvaṇa Is a purely mythical sage. In the Rigveda he is clearly a divinity of some kind, but in the later Samhitās and the Brāhmanas he is metamorphosed into a teacher. In the Pañcavimśa Brāhmana he is by oversight called an Añgirasa.
dadhyaśir See Dadhi and Soma.
madhyadeśa The ‘Middle Country,’ is, according to the Mānava Dharma śāstra, the land between the Himālaya in the north, the Vindhya in the south, Vinaáana in the west, and Prayāga (now Allahabad) in the east that is, between the place where the Sarasvatī disappears in the desert, and the point of the confluence of the Yamunā (Jumna) and the Gañgā (Ganges). The same authority defines Brahmarsi-deśa as denoting the land of Kuruksetra, the Matsyas, Pañcālas, and śūrasenakas, and Brahmāvarta as meaning the particularly holy land between the Sarasvatī and the Drṣadvatī. The Baudhāyana Dharma Sūtra4 defines Áryāvarta as the land east of Vinaśana; west of the Kālaka-vana, ‘ Black Forest,’ or rather Kanakhala, near Hardvār; south of the Himālaya; and north of the Pāriyātra or the Pāripātra Mountains; adding that, in the opinion of others, it was confined to the country between the Yamunā and the Gañgā, while the Bhāllavins took it as the country between the boundary-river (or perhaps the Saras-vatī) and the region where the sun rises. The Mānava Dharma śāstra, in accord with the Vasiṣṭha Dharma Sūtra, defines Áryāvarta as the region between the Vindhya and the Himālaya, the two ranges which seem to be the boundaries of the Aryan world in the Kauṣītaki Upaniṣad also. The term Madhyadeśa is not Vedic, but it is represented in the Aitareya Brāhmaṇa by the expression madhyamā pratisthā diś, ‘ the middle fixed region,’ the inhabitants of which are stated to be the Kurus, the Pañcālas, the Vaśas, and the Uśīnaras. The latter two peoples practically disappear later on, the Madhyadeśa being the country of the Kuru-Pañcālas, the land where the Brāhmaṇas and the later Samhitās were produced, bounded on the east by the Kosala-Videhas, and on the west by the desert. The western tribes are mentioned with disapproval both in the śatapatha Brāhmaṇa and the Aitareya Brāhmaṇa, while the tradition of the Brahminization of the Kosalas and the Videhas from the Kuru-Pañcāla country is preserved in the former Brāhmaṇa.
madhyaṃdina ‘Mid-day,’ is a frequent designation of time in the Rigveda, the later Samhitās, and the Brāhmanas. Cf, Ahan.
madhyamavah Occurs in one passage of the Rigveda as an epithet of the chariot. The exact interpretation is doubtful. Roth assigns to it the expression the sense of ‘driving with a single horse between the shafts.’ According to Sāyana's explanation, it means ‘driving with middling speed.’ It might mean ‘driving in the middle’ that is, ‘only half-way.’
madhyamaśī Is found in one passage of the Rigveda, where Roth assigns to the word the meaning of intercessor, which Zimmer accepts, in the sense of ‘mediator’ or ‘arbiter,’ as a legal term, but which Roth may, as Lanman suggests, have intended to express ‘adversary’ or ‘preventer’ of the disease referred to in the hymn. Whitney thinks that it means ‘mid-most man’ or ‘chief’ as the one round whom his followers encamp. Geldner, however, thinks that a third king, who is neutral’ between two enemies, is intended.
madhyamastha In the later Saiphitās denotes the chief in his relation to his followers (sajāta). Cf. Madhyamaśī.
madhyāvarṣa The middle of the rains,’ is specially mentioned as a time of the year in the Kauṣītaki Brāhmana and in the Sūtras.
Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance
69 results10 results74 results
adhy anya āyan suvar anye parāyan JB.2.438d.
adhy avocad adhivaktā VS.16.5a; TS.4.5.1.2a; MS.2.9.2a: 121.5; KS.17.11a. P: adhy avocat Mś.11.7.1.4. Cf. apāvocad.
adhy aṣṭhāṃ pṛthivīm aham AVś.12.1.11f.
adhy askandad vaśe tvā AVś.10.10.16d.
adhy asthāt sānu pavamāno avyayam RV.9.86.8c.
adhy asyāṃ māmakī tanū AVP.6.6.8d.
adhy ū nv eṣu pavayo vavṛtyuḥ RV.10.27.6d.
adhyakṣaṃ dharmaṇām imam RV.8.43.24b.
adhyakṣāyānukṣattāram TB.3.4.1.9. See ādhy-, and cf. aupadraṣṭryāyānukṣattāram.
adhyakṣo naḥ purohitaḥ AVś.10.1.6b.
adhyakṣo vājī mama kāma ugraḥ AVś.9.2.7a.
adhyāpitā ye guruṃ nādriyante VāDh.2.11a; N.2.4a. Cf. SaṃhitopaniṣadB.3 (comm.).
adhyardhaś ca parasvataḥ AVś.20.131.22.
amadhyamāso mahasā vi vāvṛdhuḥ # RV.5.59.6b.
ūbadhyagoho 'si pārthivaḥ # Lś.2.3.4.
ūbadhyam asya kīṭebhyaḥ # AVś.9.4.16c.
ūbadhyādam anāhutim # AVP.6.14.1b.
ūvadhyaṃ vātaṃ (MS. vātāt) sabvaṃ tad ārāt # VS.19.84d; MS.3.11.9d: 153.10; KS.38.3d; TB.2.6.4.2d.
ūvadhyagohaṃ pārthivaṃ khanatāt # MS.4.13.4: 204.1; KS.16.21; AB.2.6.16; TB.3.6.6.3; Aś.3.3.1; śś.5.17.7; Apś.7.16.1. P: ūvadhyagoham śś.15.1.26.
oṣadhyā varṣajūtayā # AVP.9.3.9c--13c.
oṣadhyā (!) vaiṣṇave sthaḥ # Mś.1.1.3.12. See pavitre stho.
dadhyaṅ dhiyam atnata # RV.1.80.16b; N.12.34b.
dadhyaṅ ha me januṣaṃ pūrvo aṅgirāḥ # RV.1.139.9a; Aś.8.1.2. P: dadhyaṅ ha śś.10.7.7. Cf. BṛhD.4.10.
dadhyaṅ ha yan madhv ātharvaṇo vām # RV.1.116.12c; śB.14.1.1.25c; 5.5.16c; KA.1.226c; 3.226; BṛhU.2.5.16c.
nīlatoyadamadhyasthā # TA.10.11.2a; MahānU.11.12a.
madhya āpasya tiṣṭhati (JB. madhya āpasyati) # SV.2.1006b; JB.2.145b.
madhya ā barhir ūtaye yajatra # RV.3.14.2d.
madhya ā rocane divaḥ # SV.1.368b. See triṣv ā.
madhya ārodhane divaḥ # RV.1.105.11b.
madhyataḥkāriṇāṃ camasādhvaryavo vaṣaṭkṛtānuvaṣaṭkṛtāñ (Mś. -te) juhuta # Apś.12.23.4; Mś.2.4.1.21.
madhyaṃ tad asya yad vaiśyaḥ # AVś.19.6.6c; AVP.9.5.6c. See ūrū tad.
madhyaṃ tvā sarvasya veda # HG.1.23.1.
madhyaṃdina uditā sūryasya # RV.5.69.3b; 76.3b; SV.2.1104b.
madhyaṃdinasya tejasā madhyam annasya prāśiṣam # Kauś.22.3.
madhyamaṃ sakthy udyatam # AVś.20.136.5d.
madhyamaṃ ny uttamaṃ śṛṇīhi # AVP.4.24.8b.
madhyam antaṃ ca rakṣase # RV.6.43.2b.
madhyamasyām avamasyām uta sthaḥ # RV.1.108.10b; N.12.31b.
madhyamasyāṃ paramasyām uta sthaḥ # RV.1.108.9b.
madhyam aham asya janapadasya bhūyāsam # HG.1.23.1.
madhyam etad anaḍuhaḥ # AVś.4.11.8a; AVP.3.25.11a.
madhyā kartor ny adhāc chakma dhīraḥ # RV.2.38.4b.
madhyā kartor vitataṃ saṃjabhāra # RV.1.115.4b; AVś.20.123.1b; VS.33.37b; MS.4.10.2b: 147.1; TB.2.8.7.1b; N.4.11b.
madhyāt tvā pātv arjunam # AVś.5.28.9b; AVP.2.59.7b.
madhyāt svasrām anu jaghāna sarvam # AVP.5.27.7c.
madhyā yat kartvam abhavad abhīke # RV.10.61.6a.
madhyāya svāhā # TS.7.2.20.1; KSA.2.10; TB.3.8.16.4.
madhyāyuva upa śikṣanti yajñaiḥ # RV.1.173.10d.
madhye khalasya nirmitaḥ # AVP.11.10.4c.
madhye ca viśāṃ sukṛte syāma # AVP.1.27.4d.
madhye chandasaḥ pari yanti bhāsvatīḥ # TS.4.3.11.3d; MS.2.13.10d: 161.9; KS.39.10d; PG.3.3.5d.
madhye jahur durevāsaḥ samudre # RV.7.68.7b.
madhye tasthur maho divaḥ # RV.1.105.10b.
madhye tālpyasya tiṣṭhāt # ApMB.2.15.3c.
madhye divas taraṇiṃ bhrājamānam # AVś.13.2.36b.
madhye divaḥ svadhayā mādayante (RV.1.108.12b, mādayethe) # RV.1.108.12b; 10.15.14b; AVś.18.2.35b; VS.19.60b.
madhye divo (MS.3.4.4, divyo) nihitaḥ pṛśnir aśmā # RV.5.47.3c; VS.17.60c; TS.4.6.3.4c; 5.4.6.5; MS.2.10.5c: 137.15; 3.4.4: 48.16; KS.18.3c; 21.8,12; śB.9.2.3.18.
madhye devānām āsīnā # HG.1.15.7c.
madhyena ghnanto yantu # AVś.8.8.13c.
madhyena yakṣmaṃ bādhate # AVś.19.36.2c; AVP.2.27.2c.
madhye niṣatto raṇvo duroṇe # RV.1.69.4b.
madhye pṛthivyā niṣṭhitaḥ # AVP.1.47.1c.
madhye pṛthivyā yad viṣam # AVP.9.10.2c.
madhye poṣasya tṛmpatām (MG. puṣyatām) # śG.3.3.1c; MG.2.11.12c. See next.
madhye poṣasva tiṣṭhantīm # AG.2.8.16c. See prec.
madhye brahma virājati # JB.3.373e.
madhye yuvājaro visruhā hitaḥ # RV.5.44.3d.
madhye vasiṣva tuvinṛmṇorvoḥ # RV.8.70.10c.
madhye vasor dīdihi jātavedaḥ # TB.1.2.1.21d; Apś.5.14.5d.
madhye śatasya maṣṭiṣkaḥ # AVP.8.12.12e.
madhye sīda # KS.39.6; Apś.16.31.1.
madhye hotā duroṇe barhiṣo rāṭ # RV.6.12.1a.
madhye hradasya no gṛhāḥ # AVś.6.106.2c.
madhye hradasya plavasva # RVKh.7.103.1c; AVś.4.15.14c; AVP.5.7.13c; N.9.7c.
Dictionary of Sanskrit Search
"adhy" has 97 results
adhyavasāyadetermination to begin an activity with a view to get the fruit. confer, compare य एष मनुष्यः प्रेक्षापूर्वकारी स बुद्ध्या कंचिदर्थं संपश्यति, संदृष्टे प्रार्थना, प्रार्थिते अध्यवसायः,म् अध्यवसाये आरम्भः, आरम्भे निर्वृत्तिः, निर्वृत्तौ फलावाप्तिः confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.3.14 and I.4.32.
adhyātmādiname of a class of words headed by the word अध्यात्मन् to which the taddhita affix. affix ठञ् is added in the sense of 'तत्र भवः' id est, that is found therein, or existing therein. e. g. आध्यात्मिकम्, आधिदैविकम्, et cetera, and otherscf M.Bh. on IV.3.60.
adhyāsasuperimposition : a relation between a word and its sense according to the grammarians; confer, compare Vāk. Pad. II.240. (2) appendage; confer, compare आहुस्त्वेकपदा अन्ये अध्यासानेकपातिनः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)XVII.43.
adhyāhārasupplying the necessary element. confer, compare गम्यमानार्थस्य वाक्यस्य स्वरूपेणोपादानं वाक्यस्याध्याहारः Kāś on P.VI.1. 139., cf also Nirukta of Yāska.I.1.13 and Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Māheśvarasūtras. 1 Vārt 14.
adhyai,adhyainkṛt affixes substituted in the place of तुम् of the infinitive in Vedic Literature (P. III.4.9.), e. g. पिबध्यैः when अध्यैन् is substituted, the initial vowel of the word becomes उदात्त. e. g. कर्मण्युपाचारध्यै ।
ekahalmadhya(a vowel)placed between two single consonants; e.g the vowel अ in पच्, रम्, रण्, et cetera, and others
kadhyai kadhyainkṛt affix अध्यै of the infinitive in Vedic Literature: confer, compare तुमर्थे सेसे...कध्यैकध्यैन्..तवेनः P.III.4.9.
gaṇaratnamahodadhyavacūria metrical commentary on Vardhamāna's Gaṇaratnamahodadhi. The name of the author is not available.
pipīlikamadhyā,pipīlikamadhyamāname given to a stanza of त्रिष्टुप् or जगती or बृहती type consisting of three feet, the middle foot consisting of six or seven or eight syllables only; e. g. Ŗgveda X. 105, 2 and 7; IX. 110.l, VIII. 46.14; confer, compare उष्णिक् पिपीलिकामध्या हरीयस्येति दृश्यते Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI. 25, 28, 36.
bahumadhyagataa word which has entered between two constituent words of a compound by splitting in a way the compound e. g. the word च in ईयते नरा च शंसं दैव्यम् Rg. Veda IX. 86.42; confer, compare एतानि परिगृह्णीयात् बहूमध्यगतानि च । R.Pr.X.7. explained by Uvvata as बहूनां पदानां मध्यगतानि च यानि पदानि तानि अतिक्रम्य परिगृह्णीयात् !
bhrūmadhyaliterallycentre of the brows, or eyebrows which is described as the place of air ( which produces utterance or speech) at the time of the evening soma-pressing or sacrifice: confer, compare प्रात:सवनमाध्यन्दिनसवनतृतीयसवनक्रमेण उर:कण्ठभ्रूमध्यानि त्रीणि स्थानानि वायोर्भर्वान्त Vāj. Prāt. I. 30; confer, compare also भ्रुवोर्मध्ये प्राणमावेश्य सम्यक्.
madhyaliterally middle; middling variety. The word is used in the sense of the middling effort between the open (विवृत) and the close (संवृत) external efforts which technically is called हकार; confer, compare मध्ये हकारः | मध्ये भव: मध्यः | अ सांप्रतिके | तदयमर्थः | सांप्रतिके प्रकृतिस्थे कण्ठे सति हकारो नाम बाह्यः प्रयत्नः क्रियते | तेन च व्यञ्जनेषु घोषो जायते | Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.Bhāṣya on II.6.
madhyakaumudīcalled also मध्यमकौमुदी a work on grammar which is an abridgment, to a certain extent, of Bhaṭṭojī's Siddhāntakaumudī. The treatise was written by Varadarāja, a pupil of Bhaṭṭojī for facilitating the study of the Siddhānta-kaumudi.
madhyapatitaliterally fallen in the middle; the word is used generally in the sense of an augment which is inserted in the middle of a word. Sometimes an affix too, like अकच् or a conjugational sign like श्रम्, is placed in the middle of a word. Such a middling augment is technically ignored and a word together with it is taken as the original word for grammatical operations; exempli gratia, for example उच्चकै:, नीचकै: et cetera, and others cf तन्मध्यपतितस्तद्ग्रहणेन गृह्यते Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 89.
madhyama(1)the middle person ( मध्यमपुरुष ), confer, compare युष्मद्युपपदे...मध्यम: P. I. 4.105; confer, compare also Nirukta of Yāska.VII. 7; (2) middling tone or effort confer, compare मध्यमेन स वाक्ययोग: Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XVIII. 4, where the commentator explains the word as उच्चनीचसमाहारविलक्षण: वाक्प्रयोगः | the word मध्यमा is used in this sense as qualifying a mode of utterance. वृत्ति; confer, compare अभ्यासार्थे द्रुतां वृत्तिं प्रयोगार्थे तु मध्यमाम् ! Ṟ. Pr. XIII. 19; cf also चतुष्कला मध्यमायार्म् Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 32; (3) one of the seven modes of speech or tones. cf सप्त वाचः स्थानानि भवन्ति | उपांशुध्वाननिमदेापव्दिमन्मन्द्रमध्यमताराणि Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXIII.4 and 5 and also कण्ठे मध्यमम् XVIII.11 where the commentatator explains मध्यम as यत्र कण्ठे स्थाने प्रयोग उपलभ्यते तन्मध्यमं नाम षष्ठं वाचस्स्थानम् | (4) one of the seven musical notes originating or proceeding from the Svarita accent confer, compare, स्वारतप्रभवा ह्येते षड्जमध्यमपञ्चमाः Pāṇ Śikṣā.
madhyamakaumudī(1)name of a treatise on grammar by Rāmaśarman; (2) the same as मध्यकौमुदी.
madhyamapadalopaliterally the dropping of the middle word or member ( of a compound generally) as for instance in शाकपार्थिक for शाकप्रियपार्थिव; the word मध्यमपदलोप is also used in the sense of a compound. The compounds which have the middle word dropped are enumerated by the Vārttikakāra under the Vārttika शाकपार्थिवादीनां मध्यमपदलेापश्च Bh. Vṛ. II.1.60 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).; cf also Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.II.6.30.
madhyamāor मध्यमवृत्ति See मध्यम (2).
madhyasiddhāntakaumudīSee मध्यकौमुदी
madhyepavādaa rule forming an exception to other general rules being placed between them, one or many of which are placed before and the others afterwards. Such a rule sets aside the previous rules and not the succeeding ones. The statement laying down this dictum is मध्येपवादाः पूर्वान् विधीन् बाधन्ते नोत्तरान् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa.Pari. 60, also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.VI.4.148 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5.
madhyepavādanyāyathe maxim of the middle rule of exception; see मधेयपवाद.
madhyodāttathe acute or udātta accent to the मध्य vowel which is neither the initial ( अादि) nor the final one ( अन्त ) as laid down by the rule उपोत्तमं रिति P. VI.1.217; confer, compare मध्योदात्तमपि यमिच्छति तत्र रेफमनुबन्धं करोति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.1.3.
yavamadhyaliterally having the centre bulging out like the Yava grain; name given to a variety of the Gayatri which has 7 letters in the first and third (last) feet and 10 letters in the second id est, that is the middle foot; the name is also given to a Mahabrhati having the first and the last feet consisting of 8 letters and the middle one consisting of 12 syllables: cf R.Pr.XVI.18 and 48.
śadhyaiशध्यैन् krt affix अध्यै in the sense of the infinitive added, to.a root as seen in the Vedic Literature: confer, compare तुमर्थे संसंनंसअसेनूक्सेकसेनध्यैअध्यैनूकध्यैकध्यैन् शध्येशध्यैनूतवैतवेङ्कतवेन:, P. III. 4.9.
aṣṭādhyāyīname popularly given to the Sūtrapāṭha of Pāṇini consisting of eight books (adhyāyas) containing in all 3981 Sūtras,as found in the traditional recital, current at the time of the authors of the Kāśika. Out of these 398l Sūtras, seven are found given as Vārtikas in the Mahābhāṣya and two are found in Gaṇapāṭha.The author of the Mahābhāṣya has commented upon only 1228 of these 3981 sūtras. Originally there were a very few differences of readings also, as observed by Patañjali ( see Mbh on I.4.1 ); but the text was fixed by Patañjali which, with a few additions made by the authors of the Kāśika,as observed a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., has traditionally come down to the present day. The Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. is believed to be one of the six Vedāṅga works which are committed to memory by the reciters of Ṛgveda. The text of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. is recited without accents. The word अष्टाध्यायी was current in Patañjali's time; confer, compare शिष्टज्ञानार्था अष्टाध्यायी Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI. 3.109.
aāṅgaan operation prescribed in the section, called aṅgādhikāra, in the the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini, made up of five Pādas consisting of the fourth quarter of the 6th adhyāya and all the four quarters of the seventh adhyāya. आङ्गात् पूर्वं विकरणा एषितव्याः M. Bh on I.3.60 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5; confer, compare also वार्णादाङ्गं बलीयो भवति Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari 55: also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.2.3.
ekācpādaname given by Sīradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛttiand other grammarians to the first pāda of the sixth adhyāya cf Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī., as it begins with the sūtra एकाचो द्वे प्रथमस्य VI.1.1.
karmaṇipādaname given by Sīradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛttiand other grammarians to the second pāda of the third adhyāya of Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī., which begins with the sūtra कर्मण्यण् P. III.2.1 .
kātantraname of an important small treatise on grammar which appears like a systematic abridgment of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini. It ignores many unimportant rules of Pāṇini, adjusts many, and altogether omits the Vedic portion and the accent chapter of Pāṇini. It lays down the Sūtras in an order different from that of Pāṇini dividing the work into four adhyāyas dealing with technical terms, saṁdhi rules,declension, syntax compounds noun-affixes ( taddhita affixes ) conjugation, voice and verbal derivatives in an order. The total number of rules is 1412 supplemented by many subordinate rules or Vārttikas. The treatise is believed to have been written by Śarvavarman, called Sarvavarman or Śarva or Sarva, who is said to have lived in the reign of the Sātavāhana kings. The belief that Pāṇini refers to a work of Kalāpin in his rules IV. 3.108 and IV.3.48 and that Patañjali's words कालापम् and माहवार्तिकम् support it, has not much strength. The work was very popular especially among those who wanted to study spoken Sanskrit with ease and attained for several year a very prominent place among text-books on grammar especially in Bihar, Bengal and Gujarat. It has got a large number of glosses and commentary works, many of which are in a manuscript form at present. Its last chapter (Caturtha-Adhyāya) is ascribed to Vararuci. As the arrangement of topics is entirely different from Pāṇini's order, inspite of considerable resemblance of Sūtras and their wording, it is probable that the work was based on Pāṇini but composed on the models of ancient grammarians viz. Indra, Śākaṭāyana and others whose works,although not available now, were available to the author. The grammar Kātantra is also called Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra.. A comparison of the Kātantra Sūtras and the Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra. Sūtras shows that the one is a different version of the other. The Kātantra Grammar is also called Kaumāra as it is said that the original 1nstructions for the grammar were received by the author from Kumāra or Kārttikeya. For details see Vol. VII Patañjala Mahābhāṣya published by the D.E. Society, Poona, page 375.
kārakapādaname given by Śivadeva and other grammarians to the fourth pāda of the first adhyāya of Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. which begins with the Sūtra कारके I. 4. 1 and which deals with the Kārakas or auxiliaries of action.
kuṭādipādaname given by Sīradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛttiand later grammarians to the second pāda of the first adhyāya of Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī., as the pāda begins with the Sūtra गाङ्कुटादिभ्यो ञ्णिन्डित् P.I.2.1.
gārgyaan ancient reputed grammarian and possibly a writer of a Nirukta work, whose views, especially in.connection with accents are given in the Pratisakhya works, the Nirukta and Panini's Astadhyayi. Although belonging to the Nirukta school, he upheld the view of the Vaiyakaranas that all words cannot be derived, but only some of them: cf Nirukta of Yāska.I. 12.3. cf, also Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 167, Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3.5, III. 14.22: Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 13; XIII. 12: P. VII. 3.99, VIII. 3.20, VIII. 4.69.
ṅyāppāda popular name given by grammarians to the first pada of the fourth adhyaya of Panini's Astadyayi as the pada begins with the rule ङ्याप्प्रातिपदिकात् IV. I.I.
candragominnamed also चन्द्र, a Buddhist scholar who has written an easy Sanskrit Grammar based on the Astadhyayi of Panini. He is believed to have lived in North India in the fifth century A.D. See चन्द्र.
chpādaa popular name given by grammarians to the first pada of the fifth Adhyaya of Painis Astadhyayi as the pada begins with the rule प्राक् क्रीताच्छः P. V. 1.1.
jayakṛṣṇaa famous grammarian of the Mauni family who lived in Varanasi in the seventeenth century. He wrote विभक्त्यर्थनिर्णय, स्फोटचन्द्रिका, a commentary on the Siddhantakaumudi called सुबोधिनी and a commentary on the Madhya Kaumudi named विलास. He wrote a commentary on the Laghukaumudi also.
jainendravyākaraṇaname of a grammar work written by Pujyapada Devanandin, also called Siddhanandin, in the fifth century A.D. The grammar is based on the Astadhyay of Panini,the section on Vedic accent and the rules of Panini explaining Vedic forms being,of course, neglectedition The grammar is called Jainendra Vyakarana or Jainendra Sabdanusasana. The work is available in two versions, one consisting of 3000 sutras and the other of 3700 sutras. it has got many commentaries, of which the Mahavrtti written by Abhayanandin is the principal one. For details see Jainendra Vyakarana, introduction published by the Bharatiya Jnanapitha Varadasi.
ṭhakpādaa popular name given to the fourth pada of the fourth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi.The pada begins with the rule प्राग्वहतेष्ठक् P.IV.4.1 prescribing the taddhita affix ठक् in the senses prescribed in rules be. ginning with the next rule ' तेन दीव्यति खनति जयति जितम् ' and ending with the rule 'निकटे वसति' P.IV.4.73.
ṇatvapādaa popular name given by grammarians to the fourth pada confer, compare Panini's Astadhyayi, as the pada begins with the rule रषाभ्यां नो णः समानपदे and mainly gives rules about णत्व i. e. the substitution of the consonant ण् for न्.
ṇaupādaa popular name given to the fourth pada of the seventh Adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi, which begins with the rule णौ चङ्युपघाया ह्रस्त्रः P. VII. 4.1.
taittirīyaprātiśākhyacalled also कृष्णयजुःप्रातिशाख्य and hence representing possibly all the different branches or Sakhas of the कृष्णयजुर्वेद, which is not attributed definitely to a particular author but is supposed to have been revised from time to time and taught by various acaryas who were the followers of the Taittiriya Sakha.The work is divided into two main parts, each of which is further divided into twelve sections called adhyayas, and discusses the various topics such as letters and their properties, accents, euphonic changes and the like, just as the other Pratisakhya works. It is believed that Vararuci, Mahiseya and Atreya wrote Bhasyas on the Taittiriya Pratisakhya, but at present, only two important commentary works on it are available(a) the 'Tribhasyaratna', based upon the three Bhasyas mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. as the title shows, written by Somayarya and (b) the 'Vaidikabharana' written by Gopalayajvan. For details see Introduction to 'Taittiriya Pratisakhya' edition Govt Oriental Library Series, Mysore.
tripādīterm usually used in connection with the last three Padas (ch. VIII. 2, VIII. 3 and VIII. 4) of Panini’s Ashtadhyayi, the rules in which are not valid by convention to rules in the first seven chapters and a quarter, as also a later rule in which (the Tripadi) is not valid to an earlier one; confer, compare पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P. VIII.2.1; (2) name of a critical treatise on Panini's grammar ("The Tripadi") written by Dr. H. E. Buiskool recently.
traipādikaa rule or an operation prescribed by Panini in the last three quarters of his Astadhyayi. See त्रिपादी a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
devikāpādaa popular name given to the third pada of the seventh adhyaya of Parinis Asadhyāyi as the pada begins with the Sutra दविकाशिंशपादित्यवाट्दीर्घसत्त्रश्रेयसामात् P.VII 3. 1.
devendraa Jain grammarian of the 13th century who has written a commentary named लघुन्यास on the शब्दानुशासन of Hemacandra. He has written many works on the Jain Agamas, of which a commentary on the Uttaradhyanasutra can be specially mentionedition He is called देवेन्द्रसूरि also.
drutāone of the three Vrttis or styles of utterance mentioned in the Pratisakhya works and quoted in the Mahabhasya; confer, compareतित्रो वृत्तीरुपदिशन्ति वाचो विलम्बितां मध्यमां च दुतां च । अभ्यासार्थे दुतां वृत्तिं प्रयोगार्थे तु मध्यमाम् । शिष्याणामुपदेशार्थे कुर्याद् वृत्ति विलम्बिताम् । Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIII. 18, 19; confer, compare ये हि द्रुतायां वृत्तौ वर्णास्त्रिभागाधिकास्ते मध्यमायां, ये मध्यमायां वर्णास्त्रिभागाधिकास्ते विलाम्बितायाम् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.70, Vart. 4. The utterance of a letter takes ，1/3 rd time more in the मध्यमवृत्ति than in the द्रुतवृत्ति, while in the विलम्बितवृत्ति it takes 1/3 rd more than in the मध्यमवृत्ति. In short, the utterance of the same letter takes in the three vrttis, Druta, Vilambita and Madhyama the quantity of time in the proportion of 9:12:16 respectively.
dvigupādaa Popular name given by grammarians to the fourth quarter of the second Adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi which begins with the sutra द्विगुरेकवचनम् II. 4.1.
dvyaca word possessed of two vowels in it; dissyllabic words; the word is frequently used in Panini's Astadhyayi and Patanjali's Mahabhasya, Kasika Vrtti and other works on Panini's grammar.
ghātusabandhapādaconventional name given to the fourth pada of Panini's Astadhyayi which begins with the Sutra धातुसंबन्धे प्रत्ययाः P. III.4.1
dhānyapādaa popular name given to the second pada of the fifth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi possibly because the pada begins with the Sutra धान्यानां भवने क्षेत्रे खञ्, P. V.2.1
navāhnikīname given to the first nine Ahnikas or lessons of the Mahabhasya which are written in explanation of only the first pada of the first Adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi and which contain almost all the important theories, statements and problems newly introduced by Patanjali.
padaa word; a unit forming a part of a sentence; a unit made up of a letter or of letters, possessed of sense; confer, compare अक्षरसमुदायः पदम् । अक्षरं वा । V.Pr. VIII. 46, 47. The word originally was applied to the individual words which constituted the Vedic Samhitā; confer, compare पदप्रकृतिः संहिता Nir.I.17. Accordingly, it is defined in the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya as ' अर्थः पदम् ' (Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III. 2) as contrasted with ' वर्णानामेकप्राणयोगः संहिता ' (V.Pr.I.158). The definition ' अर्थः पदम् ' is attributed to the ancient grammarian 'Indra', who is believed to have been the first Grammarian of India. Pāņini has defined the term पद as ' सुप्तिङन्तं पदम् ' P.I.4.14. His definition is applicable to complete noun-forms and verb-forms and also to prefixes and indeclinables where a case-affix is placed and elided according to him; confer, compare अव्ययादाप्सुपः P. II. 4. 82. The noun-bases before case affixes and taddhita affix. affixes, mentioned in rules upto the end of the fifth adhyāya, which begin with a consonant excepting य् are also termed पद by Pāņini to include parts of words before the case affixes भ्याम् , भिस्, सु et cetera, and others as also before the taddhita affix. affixes मत्, वत् et cetera, and others which are given as separate padas many times in the pada-pātha of the Vedas; confer, compare स्वादिष्वसर्वनामस्थाने P. I. 4. 17. See for details the word पदपाठ. There are given four kinds of padas or words viz. नाम, अाख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात in the Nirukta and Prātiśākhya works; confer, compare also पदमर्थे प्रयुज्यते, विभक्त्यन्तं च पदम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2. 64 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 19, वर्णसमुदायः पदम् M.Bh. on I.1.21 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5, पूर्वपरयोरर्थोपलब्धौ पदम् Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.I.1.20, पदशब्देनार्थ उच्यते Kaiyata on P.I.2.42 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2; confer, compare also पद्यते गम्यते अर्थः अनेनेति पदमित्यन्वर्थसंज्ञा Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P.III. 1.92. The verb endings or affixs ति, तस् and others are also called पद. The word पद in this sense is never used alone, but with the word परस्मै or अात्मने preceding it. The term परस्मैपद stands for the nine affixes तिप्, तस्, ...मस्,while the term आत्मनेपद stands for the nine affixes त, आताम् ... महिङ्. confer, compare ल: परमैपदम्, तङानावात्मनेपदम्. It is possible to say that in the terms परस्मैपद and अात्मनेपद also, the term पद could be taken to mean a word, and it is very likely that the words परस्मैपद and अात्मनेपद were originally used in the sense of 'words referring to something meant for another' and 'referring to something meant for self' respectively. Such words, of course, referred to verbal forms, roughly corresponding to the verbs in the active voice and verbs in the passive voice. There are some modern scholars of grammar, especially linguists, who like to translate परस्मैपद as 'active voice' and आत्मनेपद as ' passive voice'. Pāņini appears, however, to have adapted the sense of the terms परस्मैपद and आत्मनेपद and taken them to mean mere affixes just as he has done in the case of the terms कृत् and तद्धित. Presumably in ancient times, words current in use were grouped into four classes by the authors of the Nirukta works, viz. (a) कृत् (words derived from roots)such as कर्ता, कारकः, भवनम् et cetera, and others, (b) तद्धित (words derived from nouns ) such as गार्ग्यः , काषायम् , et cetera, and others, (c) Parasmaipada words viz. verbs such as भवति, पचति, and (d) Ātmanepada words id est, that is verbs like एधते, वर्धते, et cetera, and othersVerbs करोति and कुरुते or हरति and हरते were looked upon as both परस्मैपद words and आत्मनेपद words. The question of simple words, as they are called by the followers of Pāņini, such as नर, तद् , गो, अश्व, and a number of similar underived words, did not occur to the authors of the Nirukta as they believed that every noun was derivable, and hence could be included in the kŗt words.
padakāṇḍa(1)a term used in connection with the first section of the Vākyapadīya named ब्रह्मकाण्ड also, which deals with padas, as contrasted with the second section which deals with Vākyas; (2) a section of the Așțadhyāyī of Pāņini, which gives rules about changes and modifications applicable to the pada, or the formed word, as contrasted with the base (अङ्ग) and the suffixes. The section is called पदाधिकार which begins with the rule पदस्य P.VIII.1.16. and ends with the rule इडाया वा VIII. 3. 54.
paribhāṣāsegraha'a work containing a collection of independent works on Paribhasas in the several systems of Sanskrit Grammar, compiled by M. M. K. V. Abhyankar. The collectlon consists of the following works (i) परिभाषासूचन containing 93 Paribhasas with a commentary by Vyadi, an ancient grammarian who lived before Patanjali; ( ii ) ब्याडीयपरिभाषापाठ, a bare text of 140 Paribhaasaas belonging to the school of Vyadi (iii) शाकटायनपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 98 Paribhasa aphorisms, attributed to the ancient grammarian Saka-tayana, or belonging to that school; [iv) चान्द्रपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 86 Paribhasa aphorisms given at the end of his grammar work by Candragomin; (v) कातन्त्रपरिभाषासूत्रवृत्ति a gloss on 65 Paribhas aphorisms of the Katantra school by Durgasimha; (vi) कातन्त्रपारभाषासूत्रवृत्ति a short gloss on 62 Paribhasa aphorisms of the Katantra school by Bhavamisra; (vii) कातन्त्रपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 96 Paribhasa rules belonging to the Katantra school without any author's name associated with it; (viii) कालापपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 118 Paribhasa rules belonging to the Kalapa school without any author's name associated with it; (ix) जैनेन्द्रपरिभाषावृत्ति a gloss written by M. M. K. V. Abhyankar ( the compiler of the collection), on 108 Paribhasas or maxims noticeable in the Mahavrtti of Abhayanandin on the Jainendra Vyakarana of Pujyapada Devanandin; (x) भोजदेवकृतपरि-भाषासूत्र a text of 118 Paribhasa rules given by Bhoja in the second pada of the first adhyaaya of his grammar work named Sarasvatikanthabharana; (xi) न्यायसंग्रह a bare text of 140 paribhasas(which are called by the name nyaya) given by Hema-hamsagani in his paribhasa.work named न्यायसंग्रह; (xii) लधुपरिभाषावृत्ति a gloss on 120 Paribhasas of the Panini school written by Puruso-ttamadeva; (xiii) वृहत्परिभाषावृत्ति con-taining 130 Paribhasas with a commentary by Siradeva and a very short,gloss on the commentary by Srimanasarman ( xiv ) परिभाषावृत्ति a short gloss on 140 Paribhasas of the Panini school written by Nilakantha; (xv) परिभाषाभास्कर a collection of 132 Paribhasas with a commentary by Haribhaskara Agnihotri; (xvi) bare text of Paribhasa given and explained by Nagesabhatta in his Paribhasendusekhara. The total number of Paribhasas mentioned and treated in the whole collection exceeds five hundredition
pāñcamikaliterallypertaining to the fifth; name given to the affixes prescribed in the fifth Adhyaya of Paanini's Astadhyayi, especially in Sutras V.2.1 to W.2.93.
pāṇinithe illustrious ancient grammarian of India who is wellknown by his magnum opus, the Astaka or Astaadhyaayi which has maintained its position as a unique work on Sanskrit grammar unparalleled upto the present day by any other work on grammar, not only of the Sanskrit language, but ofany other language, classical as well as spoken. His mighty intelligence grasped, studied and digested not only the niceties of accentuation and formation of Vedic words, scattered in the vast Vedic Literature of his time, but those of classical words in the classical literature and the spoken Sanskrit language of his time in all its different aspects and shades, noticeable in the various provinces and districts of the vast country. The result of his careful study of the Vedic Literature and close observation ofeminine.the classical Sanskrit, which was a spoken language in his days, was the production of the wonderful and monumental work, the Astaadhyaayi,which gives an authoritative description of the Sanskrit language, to have a complete exposition of which,several life times have to be spent,in spite of several commentaries upon it, written from time to time by several distinguished scholars. The work is a linguist's and not a language teacher's. Some Western scholars have described it as a wonderful specimen of human intelligence,or as a notable manifestation of human intelligence. Very little is known unfortunately about his native place,parentage or personal history. The account given about these in the Kathaasaritsaagara and other books is only legendary and hence, it has very little historical value. The internal evidence, supplied by his work shows that he lived in the sixth or the seventh century B. C., if not earlier, in the north western province of India of those days. Jinendrabuddhi, the author of the Kaasikavivaranapanjikaa or Nyasa, has stated that the word शलातुर् mentioned by him in his sUtra ( IV. 3.94 ) refers to his native place and the word शालातुरीय derived by him from the word शलातुर by that sUtra was, in fact his own name, based upon the name of the town which formed his native placcusative case. Paanini has shown in his work his close knowledge of, and familiarity with, the names of towns, villages, districts, rivers and mountains in and near Vaahika, the north-western Punjab of the present day, and it is very likely that he was educated at the ancient University of Taksasilaa. Apart from the authors of the Pratisaakhya works, which in a way could be styled as grammar works, there were scholars of grammar as such, who preceded him and out of whom he has mentioned ten viz., Apisali, Saakataayana, Gaargya, Saakalya, Kaasyapa, Bharadwaja, Gaalava, Caakravarmana Senaka and Sphotaayana. The grammarian Indra has not been mentioned by Paanini, although tradition says that he was the first grammarian of the Sanskrit language. It is very likely that Paanini had no grammar work of Indra before him, but at the same time it can be said that the works of some grammarians , mentioned by Panini such as Saakaatyana, Apisali, Gaargya and others had been based on the work of Indra. The mention of several ganas as also the exhaustive enumeration of all the two thousand and two hundred roots in the Dhaatupaatha can very well testify to the existence of systematic grammatical works before Paarnini of which he has made a thorough study and a careful use in the composition of his Ganapaatha and Dhaatupatha. His exhaustive grammar of a rich language like Sanskrit has not only remained superb in spite of several other grammars of the language written subsequently, but its careful study is felt as a supreme necessity by scholars of philology and linguistics of the present day for doing any real work in the vast field of linguistic research. For details see pp.151154 Vol. VII of Paatanjala Mahaabhsya, D. E. Society's Edition.
pāṇinisūtracalled also by the name अष्टक or पाणिनीय-अष्टक; name given to the SUtras of Paanini comprising eight adhyaayaas or books. The total number of SUtras as commented upon by the writers of the Kasika and the Siddhaantakaumudi is 3983. As nine sUtras out of these are described as Vaarttikas and two as Ganasutras by Patanjali, it is evident that there were 3972 SUtras in the Astaka of Paanini according to Patanjali. A verse current among Vaiyakarana schools states the number to be 3996; confer, compare त्रीणि सूत्रसहस्राणि तथा नव शतानि च । षण्णवतिश्च सूत्राणां पाणिनिः कृतवान् स्वयम् । The traditional recital by Veda Scholars who look upon the Astadhyayi as a Vedaanga, consists of 3983 Sutras which are accepted and commented upon by all later grammarians and commentators. The SUtras of Paanini, which mainly aim at the correct formation of words, discuss declension, conjugation, euphonic changes, verbal derivatives, noun derivatives and accents. For details see Vol.VII, Vyaakarana Mahaabhaasya, D. E. Society's edition pp. 152-162.
pūrvāparapādaname given to the second pada of the second adhyaya of Panini's Asadhyayi which begins with the Sutra पूर्वापराधरोत्तरमेकदेशिनैकाधिकरणे P. II. 2.1.
pratyayapādaa conventional name given to the first pada of the third adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi which begins with the rule प्रत्ययः III. 1.1.
bahulapādaname given by grammarians to the third pada of the third adhyaya of the Astdhyayi.
bahuvrīhipādaconventional term used for the second pada of the sixth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi.
buiskūla[ BUISKOOL H. E. )A European grammarian who has written an essay on the last three Padas of Panini's Astadhyayi (त्रिपादी) under the title 'The Tripadi'.
bothaliṃgka[BOHTLINGK, OTTO]a German Sanskrit scholar and Grammarian of St.Petersberg, who has written a short gloss in German on Panini's Astadhyayi under the title "Panini's Grammatik" with an introduction and various indexes at the end. He has also critically edited Mugdhabodha of Bopadeva.
bhūpādaname popularly given by Śiradeva and other grammarians to the third pāda of the first adhyāya of Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyi as it begins with the Sūtra भूवादयो धातव: P.I.3.1.
manoramā(1)the popular name given to the commentary प्रौढमनेारमा on the Siddhāntakaumudī of भट्टोजीदीक्षित by the author himself the commentary is a scholarly one and very extensive; and its first portion only upto the end of Kāraka is generally read in the Sanskrit Pāṭhaśālās;(2) name of a commentary on the Madhyasiddhāntakaumudī by Rāmasarman; (3) name given to a treatise discussing roots given in the Kātantra Grammar written by रमानाथशर्मा in the sixteenth century. The work is called कातन्त्रधातुवृत्ति also.
mugdhabodhaliterally instructions to the ignorant: a treatise on grammar similar to the Astadhyayi of Panini but much shorter, written by Bopadeva or Vopadeva an inhabitant of the greater Maharastra in the Vardha district, in the thirteenth century. After the fall of the Hindu rulers in Bengal, treatises like भाषावृत्ति and others written by eastern grammarians fell into the back-ground and their place was taken up by easier treatises written by Bopadeva and others.Many commentaries were written upon the Mugdhabodha, of which the Vidyanivsa is much known to grammarians
yatprakaraṇaliterally the topic or the section of यत्; the section where the taddhita affix. affix यत् is prescribedition This taddhita affix. affix यत् is prescribed in the fifth adhyaaya of Paanini in a number of rules in different and different senses ; confer, compare यत्प्रक्ररणे रथाच्च P.V. 1.6 Vaart.1 ; यत्प्रकरणे व्रह्मवर्चसान्त्व P.V.1.39 Vaart. 1.
yuvapādaa conventional term used for the first pada of the seventh adhyaya which begins with the sutra युवोरनाकौ P.VII.i.1.
yuṣmatpādconventional name given to the third pada of the fourth adhyaya of Paini's Astadhyayi which begins with the sutra युष्मदस्मदोरन्यतरस्यां खञ् च P. IV. 3.1.
raktapādaconventional name given to the second pada of the fourth Adhyaya of Paini's Astadhyayi as the Pada begins with the Sutra तेन रक्तं रागात् P. IV. 2.1.
ramānāthaśarmaa grammarian of the Katantra school who lived in the fifteenth century and wrote a commentary named Manorama on the Katantradhatuvrtti and Sabdasadhyaprayoga.
rāmacandra(1)रामन्वन्द्राचार्य (son of कृष्णाचार्य) the well-known author of the Prakriyakaumudi. He belonged to the Sesa family and the latter half of the fifteenth century is assigned as his date. He is believed to have been a resident of Andhra. His work, the Prakriyakaumudi, was a popular grammar treatise for some time before Bhattoji's SiddhantaKaumudi got its hold, and it had a number of commentaries written upon it especially by his descendants and members of his family which became well-known as the Sesa family of grammarians. The Prakriyakaumudi is named कृष्णर्किकरप्राक्रिया also. (2) There was a grammarian named Ramacandra who wrote a small treatise on grammar named विदग्धबोध. (3) There was another grammarian of the same name who was a pupil of Nagesabhatta of the eighteenth century and who wrote a small commentary called वृतिसंग्रह on Panini's Astadhyayi. (4) There was also another Ramacandra who was a scholar of Vedic grammar and who wrote the commentary named ज्योत्स्ना on the Vjasaneyi-Pratisakhya.
rāmacandrabhaṭṭa tāreone of the senior pupils of Nagesabhatta who was a teacher of Vaidyanatha Payagunde. He wrote a small gloss on the Astadhyayi which is named पाणिनिसूत्रवृत्ति He lived in the first half of the eighteenth century and taught several pupils at Varnasi.
vilāsaname of a commentary by Jayakṛṣṇa Maunī on the Madhyasiddhānta Kaumudī of Varadarāja.
vṛtisaṃgrahaname of a gloss on Panini's Astadhyayi written by Ramacandra.
vṛddhipādaname given to the first pada of Panini's Astadhyayi by grammarians, as the beginning of the pada is made by the Sutra वृद्धिरादैच्.
vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakaimudīan extremely popular work on the subject of Sanskrit grammar written for the use of students, which, although difficult at a few places, enables the students by its careful study to get a command over the subject. and enable him to read other higher works on grammar. The work is based on the Astadhyayi of Panini without omitting a single Sutra. The arrangement of the Sutras is, entirely different, as the author, for the sake of facility in understanding, has divided the work into different topics and explained the Sutras required for the topic by bringing them together in the topic. The main topics or Prakaranas are twelve in number, viz. (1) संज्ञापरिभाषा, (2) पञ्चसंधि, (3) सुबन्त or षड्लिङ्ग, (4) स्त्रीप्रत्यय, (5) कारक, (6) समास, (7) तद्धित, (8) तिङन्त, (9) प्रक्रिया, (10) कृदन्त, (11) वैदिकी and (12) स्वर which are sometimes styled as व्याकरणद्वादशी. The work is generally known by the term सिद्धान्तकौमुदी, or even कौमुदी, and it has got a large number of scholarly and ordinary commentaries as also commentaries on commentaries, all numbering a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. twelve, and two abridgments the Madhyakaumudi and the Laghukaumudi. The work was written by the reputed scholar Bhattoji Diksita of Varanasi in the seventeenth century. See Bhattoji Diksita.
śatapādaconventional name given to the fourth pada of the fifth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi which begins with the sutra पादशतस्य संख्यांदेवींप्सायां वुन् लेपश्च P. V. 4.1.
śabdparavipratiṣedhacl,. comparatively superior strength possessed by a word, which in the text of a particular sutra is later than another word, which is put in earlier in the Sutra. This शब्दपरविप्रतिषेधे is contrasted with the standard शास्त्रपरविप्रतिषेध which is laid down by Panini in his rule विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् and which lays down the superior strength of that rule which is put by Panini later on in his Astadhyayi: e. g. in the rule विभाषा गमहनविदविशाम्,it is not the word हन् although occuring earlier, but the word विश् occuring later in the rule, which helps us to decide which विद् should be taken confer, compareज्ञानार्तस्य सत्यपि विदरूपत्वे अर्थस्य भेदकत्वेन रूपवदाश्रयणात्प्रतिषेधाभावः | यद्यपि हन्तिना साहचर्ये विदेरस्ति तथापि शब्दपरविप्रतिषेधाद् विशिर्व्यवस्थाहेतुर्न हान्तिः ! Kaiyata on P. VII.2.18:confer, compare also, P.VI.1.158 V.12.
śarvavarmāa reputed grammarian who is believed to have been a contemporary of the poet Gunadhya in the court of Satavahana. He wrote the Grammar rules which are named the Katantra Sutras which are mostly based on the Sutras of Panini. In the grammar treatise named 'the Katantra Sutra' written by Sarvavarman the Vedic section and all the intricacies and difficult elements are carefully and scrupulously omitted by him, with a view to making his grammar useful for beginners and students of average intelligence.
ślokavārtikaVarttika or supplementary rule to Panini's rules laid down by scholars of grammar immediately after Panini, composed in verse form. These Slokavarttikas are quoted in the Mahabhasya at various places and supposed to have been current in the explanations of Panini's Astadhyayi in the days of Patanjali. The word is often used by later commentators.
saṃkhyā(1)a numeral such as एक,द्वि et cetera, and others In Panini Astadhyayi, although the term is defined as applicable to the word बहु, गण and words ending with the taddhita affix. affixes वतु and डति, such as तावत् , कति and the like, still the term is applied to all numerals to which it is seen applied by the people: cf Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.23 also Pari. Sek. Pari. 9: (2) numerical order; confer, compare स्पर्शेष्वेव संख्या Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 49.
saṃbandhapādaname given by convention by grammarians to the fourth pada of the third adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi ， which begins with the sutra धातुसंबन्धे प्रत्ययाः P. III. 4.1.
sapādasaptādhyāyīa term used in connection with Panini's first seven books and a quarter of the eighth, as contrasted with the term Tripadi, which is used for the last three quarters of the eighth book. The rules or operations given in the Tripadi, are stated to be asiddha or invalid for purposes of the application of the rules in the previous portion, viz. the Sapadasaptadhyayi, and hence in the formation of' words all the rules given in the first seven chapters and a quarter, are applied first and then a way is prepared for the rules of the last three quarters. It is a striking thing that the rules in the Tripadi mostly concern the padas or formed words, the province, in fact, of the Pratisakhya treatises, and hence they should, as a matter of fact, be applicable to words after their formation and evidently to accomplish this object, Panini has laid down the convention of the invalidity in question by the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P. VIII. 2,1.
samarthapādaname given by Siradeva and other grammarians to the first pada of the second adhyaya of Paninis Astadhyayi which begins with the sutra समर्थः पदविधिः P.II.1.1.
samarthādhikārathe province or the jurisdiction of the rule समर्थानां प्रथमाद्वा (P. IV. 1. 82), all the three words in which continue further on, and become valid in every rule upto the end of the second pada of the fifth adhyaya; confer, compare समर्थानां प्रथमाद्वा । त्रयमप्यधिक्रियते समर्थानामिति च प्रथमादिति च वेति च । स्वार्थिकप्रत्ययावधिश्चायमधिकारः । प्राग्दिशो विभक्तिरिति यावत् । स्वार्थिकेषु ह्यस्य उपयोगो नास्ति । विकल्पोपि तत्रानवस्थितः । Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.IV.1.82.
sarasvatīkaṇṭhābharaṇacalled also सरस्वतीसूत्र, name of a voluminous grammar work ascribed to king Bhoja in the eleventh century. The grammar is based very closely on Panini's Astadhyayi, consisting of eight chapters or books. Although the affixes, the augments and the substitutes are much the same, the order of the Sutras is considerably changedition By the anxiety of the author to bring together, the necessary portions of the Ganapatha, the Unadiptha and the Paribhasas, which the author' has included in his eight chapters, the book instead of being easy to understand, has lost the element of brevity and become tedious for reading. Hence it is that it is not studied widely. For details see pp. 392, 393 Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's edition.
sarvavibhaktyantaliterally ending with all cases; the term is used as an adjective of the word समास and refers to a compound which can be dissolved by putting the first member in any case: cf सर्वविभक्यन्तः समासो यथा विज्ञायेत | अल: परस्य विधिः; अलि विधिरित्यादि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.56. सर्वस्यद्वेपाद conventional name given to the first pada of the eighth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi which begins with the Sutra सर्वस्य द्बे VIII.1.1.
sāptamikaprescribed in the seventh chapter or Adhyaya of the Astadhyayi; confer, compareसाप्तमिक आर्धधातुकस्येडिति पुनरयं भवति । M.Bh. on P.VI.4.62, साप्तमिके पूर्वसर्वर्णे कृते पुनः षाष्ठिको भविष्यति । M.Bh. on P.VI.1.70.
sārāvalīor सारावली-व्य्याकरण an inindependent treatise on grammar by Naryana Vandyopadhyaya.
sicipādname given by convention to the second pada of the seventh adhyaya of Paninis Astadhyayi as the pada begins with the sutra सिचि वृद्धि; परस्मैपदेषु. P. VII. 2. 1.
siddhakāṇḍathe chapter or portion of Panini's grammar which is valid to the rules inside that portion, as also to the rules enumerated after it. The word is used in connection with the first seven chapters and a quarter of the eighth chapter of Panini's Astadhyayi, as contrasted with the last three guarters called त्रिपादी, the rules in which are not valid to any rule in the preceding portion, called by the name सपासप्ताध्यायी or सपादी as also to any preceding rule in the Tripadi itSelf confer, compare पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P, VIII.2.1. सिद्धनन्दिन् an ancient Jain sage who is believed to have written an original work on grammar.
siddhāntakaumudīa critical and scholarly commentary on the Sutras of Panini, in which the several Sutras are arranged topicwise and fully explained with examples and counter examples. The work is exhaustive, yet not voluminous, difficult yet popular, and critical yet lucid. The work is next in importance to the Mahabhasya in the system of Panini, and its study prepares the way for understanding the Mahabhasya. It is prescribed for study in the courses of Vyakarana at every academy and Pathasala and is expected to be committed to memory by students who want to be thorough scholars of Vyakarana.By virtue of its methodical treatment it has thrown into the back-ground all kindred works and glosses or Vrttis on the Sutras of Panini. It is arranged into two halves, the first half dealing with seven topics ( 1 ) संज्ञापरिभाषा, ( 2 ) पञ्त्वसंधि, ( 3 ) षड्लिङ्ग, ( 4 ) स्त्रीप्रत्यय, ( 5 ) कारक, ( 6 ) समास, ( 7 ) तद्धित, and the latter half dealing with five topics, ( 1 ) दशगणी, ( 2 ) द्वादशप्राक्रिया ( 3 ) कृदन्त ( 4 ) वैदिकी and ( 5 ) स्वर. The author भट्टोजीदीक्षित has himself written a scholarly gloss on it called प्रौढमनेरमा on which, his grandson, Hari Diksita has written a learned commentary named लघुशब्दरत्न or simple शब्दरत्न. The Siddhāntakaumudi has got a large number of commentaries on it out of which, the commentaries प्रौढमनेरमा, बालमनोरमा, (by वासुदेवदीक्षित) तत्त्वबोधिनी and लघुशब्देन्दुशेखर are read by almost every true scholar of Vyakarana. Besides these four, there are a dozen or more commentaries some of which can be given below with their names and authors ( I ) सुबेाधिनी by जयकृष्णमौनि, ( 2 ) सुबोधिनी by रामकृष्णभट्ट ( 3 ) वृहृच्छब्देन्दुशेखर by नागेश, ( 4 ) बालमनेारमा by अनन्तपण्डित, ( 5 ) वैयाकरणसिद्धान्तरहृस्य by नीलकण्ठ, ( 6 ) रत्नार्णव, by कृष्णमिश्र ( 7 ) वैयाकरणसिद्धान्तरत्नाकर by रामकृष्ण, ( 8 ) सरला by तारानाथ,(9) सुमनोरमा by तिरुमल्ल,(10)सिद्वान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या by लक्ष्मीनृसिंह, (11 )सिद्धान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या by विश्वेश्वरतीर्थ, (12) रत्नाकर by शिवरामेन्द्रसरस्वती and (13) प्रकाश by तोलापदीक्षित. Although the real name of the work is वैयाकरणसिद्धान्ततकौमुदी, as given by the author, still popularly the work is well known by the name सिद्धान्तकौमुदी. The work has got two abridged forms, the Madhyakaumudi and the Laghukaumudi both written by Varadaraja, the pupil of Bhattoji Diksita.
svaravivṛtti( 1 )the same as स्वरविराम which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; ( 2 ) a short treatise on Vedic accents written by a modern Vedic scholar and grammrian named Indradattopadhyaya.
svaritakaraṇamarking or characterizing by.a svarita accent, as is supposed to have been done by Panini when he wrote down his sutras of grammar as also the Dhatupatha, the Ganapatha and other subsidiary appendixes. Although the rules of the Astadhyayi are not recited at present with the proper accents possessed by the various vowels as given by the Sutrakara, still, by convention and traditional explanation, certain words are to be believed as possessed of certain accents. In the Dhatupatha, by oral tradition the accents of the several roots are known by the phrases अथ स्वरितेतः, अथाद्युदाताः, अथान्तेादात्ताः, अथानुदात्तेत: put therein at different places. In the sutras, a major purpose is served by the circumflex accent with which such words, as are to continue to the next or next few or next many rules, have been markedition As the oral tradition, according to which the Sutras are recited at present, has preserevd no accents, it is only the authoritative word, described as 'pratijna' of the ancient grammarians, which now is available for knowing the svarita. The same holds good in the case of nasalization ( अानुनासिक्य ) which is used as a factor for determining the indicatory nature of vowels as stated by the rule उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत्; confer, compare प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः S. K. on P. I.3.2.
svaritapratijñāthe conventional dictum that a particular rule or part of a rule, is marked with the accent स्वरित which enables the grammarians to decide that that rule or that part of a rule is to occur in each of the subsequent Sutras, the limit of continuation being ascertained from convention. It is possible that Panini in his original recital of the Astadhyayi recited the words in the rules with the necessary accents; probably he recited every word, which was not to proceed further, with one acute or with one circumflex vowel, while, the words which were to proceed to the next rule or rules, were marked with an actual circumflex accent ( स्वरित ), or with a neutralization of the acute and the grave accents (स्वरितत्व), that is, probably without accents or by एकश्रुति or by प्रचय; cf स्वरितेनाधिकार: P. I.3.II and the Mahabhasya thereon.
hemacandraa Jain sage and scholar of remarkable erudition in the religious works of the Jainas as also in several Shastras. He was a resident of Dhandhuka in Gujarat, who, like Sankarācārya took संन्यासदीक्षा at a very early age and wrote a very large number of original books and commentaries, the total number of which may well nigh exceed fifty, during his long life of eighty-four years ( 1088 to ll 2 ). He stayed at AnhilavalaPattana in the North Gujarat and was patronised with extreme reverence by King Kumarapala who in fact, became his devoted pupil. Besides the well-known works on the various Shastras like Kavyanusasana, Abhidhanacintamani, Desinamamla, Yogasastra, Dvyasrayakavya, Trisastisalakapurusacarita and others which are well-known, he wrote a big work on grammar called सिद्धहेमचन्द्र by him,but popularly known by the name हेमव्याकरण or हैमशब्दानुशासन The , work consists of eight books or Adhyayas, out of which the eighth book is devoted to prakrit Grammar, and can be styled as a Grammar of all the Prakrit dialects. The Sanskrit Grammar of seven chapters is based practically upon Panini's Astadhyayi, the rules or sutras referring to Vedic words or Vedic affixes or accents being entirely omittedThe wording of the Sutras is much similar to that of Panini; at some places it is even identical. The order of the treatment of the subjects in the सिद्धहैम. शब्दानुशासनमृत्र is not, however, similar to that obtaining in the Astadhyayi of Panini. It is somewhat topicwise as in the Katantra Vyakarana. The first Adhyaya and a quarter of the second are devoted to Samjna, Paribhasa and declension; the second pada of the second Adhyaya is devoted to karaka, while the third pada of it is devoted to cerebralization and the fourth to the Stripratyayas.The first two Padas of the third Adhyaya are devoted to Samasas or compound words, while the last two Padas of the third Adhyaya and the fourth Adhyaya are devoted to conjugation The fifth Adhyaya is devoted to verbal derivatives or krdanta, while the sixth and the seventh Adhyayas are devoted to formations of nouns from nouns, or taddhita words. On this Sabda nusasana, which is just like Panini's Astadhyayi, the eighth adhyaya of Hemacandra being devoted to the grammar of the Arsa language similar to Vedic grammar of Panini, Hemacandra has himself written two glosses which are named लधुवृति and वृहृदवृत्ति and the famous commentary known as the Brhannyasa. Besides these works viz the हैमशब्दानुशासन, the two Vrttis on it and the Brhannyasa, he has given an appendix viz the Lingnusasana. The Grammar of Hemacandra, in short, introduced a new system of grammar different from, yet similar to, that of Panini, which by his followers was made completely similar to the Paniniya system by writing works similar to the Siddhantakaumudi, the Dhatuvrtti, the Manorama and the Paribhasendusekhara. हेमहंसगणि a grammarian belonging to the school of Hemacandra, who lived in the fifteenth century and wrote a work on Paribhasas named न्यायसंग्रह, on which he himself wrote a commentary called न्यायार्थमञ्जूषा and another one called by the name न्यास.
Vedabase Search
956 results
adhyagaccham properly understoodSB 2.6.35
adhyagacchan reachedSB 8.5.17-18
adhyagacchat could findSB 6.18.59
adhyagacchat understandSB 2.9.5
adhyagām I have assimilatedSB 12.6.35
adhyagām studied thoroughlySB 9.22.21-24
adhyagamam could understandSB 1.3.44
adhyagamat achievedSB 10.36.29
adhyagamat he has achievedSB 11.13.36
SB 3.28.37
adhyagan they came to understandSB 10.82.47
adhyagāt sawSB 10.28.16
adhyagāt studiedCC Madhya 24.117
SB 9.12.2
adhyagāt underwent studiesSB 1.7.11
adhyakṣa commanderCC Adi 8.54
adhyakṣa O leaderSB 3.21.24
adhyakṣa the chiefCC Adi 10.124-126
adhyakṣaḥ directorSB 2.9.25
adhyakṣaḥ overseer (who is different from the activities)SB 7.7.25
adhyakṣaḥ the overseeing witnessSB 10.33.35
adhyakṣaḥ the proprietorSB 10.10.30-31
adhyakṣaḥ the supervisorSB 10.75.4-7
adhyakṣaḥ the supervisorSB 10.75.4-7
adhyakṣaḥ the supreme rulerSB 3.16.16
adhyakṣaḥ the witnessSB 4.16.12
adhyakṣam superintendentSB 4.22.51
adhyakṣam the superintendentSB 4.20.11
adhyakṣāya to the regulatorSB 10.16.48
adhyakṣāya who are superintending, managingSB 8.3.13
adhyakṣeṇa by superintendenceBG 9.10
adhyāpaka a teacherCC Antya 13.92
adhyāpaka professorsCC Adi 17.260
adhyāpana studiesCC Adi 17.6
adhyāpana studyingCC Adi 16.5
adhyāpanam teaching Vedic knowledgeSB 11.17.40
adhyāpayām āsa taughtSB 1.7.8
adhyāpayām āsa taughtSB 1.7.8
adhyāpayat he taughtSB 12.6.45
adhyāpayat instructedSB 12.7.1
adhyāpayat taughtSB 12.6.54-56
adhyarhaṇīya greatly worshipableSB 2.9.17
adhyāropitām erroneously attributedSB 5.13.25
adhyāsaḥ the superficial impositionSB 11.26.18
adhyāsana an elevated seatSB 10.68.35
adhyāsana-āśritaḥ situated on the throneSB 6.7.2-8
adhyāsana-āśritaḥ situated on the throneSB 6.7.2-8
adhyāsanam seated on the throneSB 1.19.20
adhyāsanam sitting placeSB 5.20.29
adhyāsanam to be seated along withSB 4.8.19
adhyāsate are livingSB 10.85.48-49
adhyāsate dwellSB 3.32.8
adhyāsīnam sitting higherSB 10.78.23
adhyāsitaḥ practicedCC Antya 1.152
adhyāsitaḥ situated inSB 3.9.18
adhyāsitām worshipedCC Madhya 3.6
SB 11.23.57
adhyāstām go live there and occupy the placeSB 8.22.32
adhyastayā wornSB 3.23.32
adhyāste executesSB 7.11.6
adhyāste is ruling overSB 1.17.43-44
adhyāste is sitting higherSB 10.78.24
adhyāste is situated inSB 7.3.9-10
adhyāste lives perpetuallySB 9.4.60
adhyāste sma remained inSB 7.4.8
adhyāste sma remained inSB 7.4.8
adhyasya entrustingSB 3.14.19
adhyasya having securedSB 3.20.1
adhyasya wrongly attributingSB 4.29.23-25
adhyatiṣṭhat became situatedSB 4.8.20
adhyātma about the soulSB 10.82.47
adhyātma due to being highly elevated in spiritual consciousnessSB 6.7.16
adhyātma in spiritual knowledgeBG 15.5
adhyātma in the matter of transcendental knowledgeSB 2.10.49-50
adhyātma minds of othersSB 3.20.28
adhyātma pertaining to the selfBG 13.8-12
adhyātma spiritualBG 11.1
SB 4.29.83
SB 4.29.85
adhyātma spiritualismSB 4.25.3
adhyātma the Absolute TruthSB 10.86.48
adhyātma transcendentalSB 1.2.3
SB 4.31.7
adhyātma with full knowledge of the selfBG 3.30
adhyātma-cakṣuṣā by transcendental eyesSB 7.13.21
adhyātma-cakṣuṣā by transcendental eyesSB 7.13.21
adhyātma-dīpaḥ the light for all transcendental knowledge (knowing You, one knows everything: yasmin vijñāte sarvam evaṃ vijñātaṃ bhavati)SB 10.3.24
adhyātma-dīpaḥ the light for all transcendental knowledge (knowing You, one knows everything: yasmin vijñāte sarvam evaṃ vijñātaṃ bhavati)SB 10.3.24
adhyātma-kovidaḥ fully conversant with spiritual knowledgeSB 9.13.6
adhyātma-kovidaḥ fully conversant with spiritual knowledgeSB 9.13.6
adhyātma-padaviḥ the path of philosophical speculationSB 4.7.42
adhyātma-padaviḥ the path of philosophical speculationSB 4.7.42
adhyātma-rataḥ engaged in self-realizationSB 3.27.27
adhyātma-rataḥ engaged in self-realizationSB 3.27.27
adhyātma-saṃsthitaḥ situated in a spiritual bodySB 9.13.11
adhyātma-saṃsthitaḥ situated in a spiritual bodySB 9.13.11
adhyātma-vidaḥ who have realized spiritual knowledgeSB 5.18.4
adhyātma-vidaḥ who have realized spiritual knowledgeSB 5.18.4
adhyātma-vidyā spiritual knowledgeBG 10.32
adhyātma-vidyā spiritual knowledgeBG 10.32
adhyātma-vit one who is expert in understanding the distinction between spirit and matterSB 7.7.21
adhyātma-vit one who is expert in understanding the distinction between spirit and matterSB 7.7.21
adhyātma-yoga of mystic instruction for self-realizationSB 5.12.3
adhyātma-yoga of mystic instruction for self-realizationSB 5.12.3
adhyātma-yoge in that yoga system meant for realization of one's true selfSB 11.6.11
adhyātma-yoge in that yoga system meant for realization of one's true selfSB 11.6.11
adhyātma-yogena by study of the revealed scripturesSB 5.5.10-13
adhyātma-yogena by study of the revealed scripturesSB 5.5.10-13
adhyātma-yogena by the means of bhakti-yogaSB 4.22.53
adhyātma-yogena by the means of bhakti-yogaSB 4.22.53
adhyātmaḥ his mindSB 3.20.7
adhyātmam called adhyātmaSB 11.22.30
adhyātmam her bodySB 10.42.7
adhyātmam narration of self-realizationSB 4.28.65
adhyātmam the controlled entitiesSB 2.10.14
adhyātmam the overseer of all causes and effectsSB 6.5.17
adhyātmam the selfBG 8.1
BG 8.3
adhyātmam transcendentalBG 7.29
adhyātmanā with false egoSB 7.12.29-30
adhyātmani unto the wind-godSB 7.12.26-28
adhyātmika spiritualSB 4.22.22
adhyātmikaḥ is possessed of the sense organsSB 2.10.8
adhyātmikasya spiritual methods leading to devotional serviceSB 2.8.19
adhyātmikīm spiritualSB 9.6.55
adhyavasāya having decidedSB 4.14.13
adhyavasāya perseveranceSB 1.19.17
adhyavāsayat made even more fragrantSB 10.65.19
adhyavasīyate become manifestedSB 2.10.7
adhyavasyat ascertained itSB 2.2.34
adhyāya chapterCC Madhya 14.8
adhyāya fixingSB 9.19.19
adhyayana studies of the VedasSB 7.11.13
adhyayana studyCC Madhya 11.191
CC Madhya 6.126
adhyayana study of scriptureSB 10.84.39
SB 7.9.46
adhyayana study of various śāstrasSB 11.6.9
adhyayana study of Vedic literatureSB 5.9.6
adhyayana studyingCC Adi 15.3
SB 5.9.1-2
adhyayana Vedic studySB 11.17.40
adhyayana-ādīni reading the Vedas, etcSB 7.11.14
adhyayana-ādīni reading the Vedas, etcSB 7.11.14
adhyayana-līlā pastimes of studyingCC Adi 15.7
adhyayana-līlā pastimes of studyingCC Adi 15.7
adhyayanaiḥ or Vedic studyBG 11.48
adhyedhitam unnecessarily increased in powerSB 5.11.17
adhyeṣyate will studyBG 18.70
adhyuvāsa lived inSB 7.4.8
ābadhya bindingSB 6.9.23
ābadhya constrictingSB 10.32.6
abadhyata became caughtSB 11.7.66
abhyadhyāyat he thoughtSB 5.7.6
dharma-ācāri-madhye among persons who actually follow the Vedic principles or religious systemCC Madhya 19.147
ādadhyau took shelter ofSB 10.7.19
madhyama-adhikārī second-class devoteeCC Madhya 22.67
na adhyagacchan they could not come to a conclusionSB 10.74.18
na adhyagacchat do not obtainSB 10.3.27
punaḥ adhyagamat revived them againSB 1.15.30
śramam adhyagāt became very tiredSB 4.26.10
akhila-adhyakṣa owner of the whole universeSB 7.10.26
puruṣa-adhyakṣa O ruler of the universal controllersSB 11.11.26-27
loka-adhyakṣa O Supreme Lord of VaikuṇṭhaSB 11.11.26-27
deśa-adhyakṣa landholderCC Antya 3.102
pura-adhyakṣaḥ superintendent of the citySB 4.27.16
prajā-adhyakṣāḥ the rulers of humankindSB 4.29.42-44
prajā-adhyakṣaḥ PrajāpatiSB 8.16.13
sarva-sura-adhyakṣaḥ the leader of all the demigodsSB 10.4.42
chandāṃsi adhyāpayiṣyan desiring to teach him Vedic mantras during the months beginning with Śrāvaṇa or during the period of CāturmāsyaSB 5.9.5
guṇa-adhyāsāt because of presuming them to be goodSB 11.21.19
geha-adhyāsāt from the bondage of family lifeCC Madhya 19.120
sa-adhyātmam (the witness of) the living entitiesSB 10.40.4
sva-adhyāya of superior Vedic studiesSB 11.17.31
veda-adhyāya by study of Vedic knowledgeSB 11.17.50
aṣṭādaśa-adhyāya eighteen chaptersCC Madhya 9.94
brahma-saṃhitā-adhyāya one chapter of the Brahma-saṃhitāCC Madhya 9.237
kṛṣṇa-rāsa-pañca-adhyāya the five chapters in the Tenth Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam in which Lord Kṛṣṇa's pastimes of the rāsa dance are describedCC Madhya 11.56
sva-adhyāyaḥ study of the VedasSB 3.28.4
chāḍi' adhyayana giving up so-called studies of VedāntaCC Madhya 25.22
karena adhyayana was engaged in studyCC Antya 3.169
kara adhyayana studyCC Antya 13.113
nāhi adhyayana without educationCC Antya 16.75
svādhyāya-adhyayane in study of the Vedic literatureSB 12.3.23
ādi-līlā madhya-līlā antya-līlā āra therefore there are three periods, namely the ādi-līlā, madhya-līlā and antya-līlāCC Madhya 1.21
madhya-ādibhiḥ middle, etc.CC Madhya 20.399
madhya-ahna midday dutiesCC Madhya 6.39
madhya-ahna haila it is already noonCC Madhya 9.181
madhya-ahna karite to execute daily noontime dutiesCC Antya 1.60
madhya-ahna karite to perform His noontime dutiesCC Antya 1.102
madhya-ahna karite to perform His noon dutiesCC Antya 4.92
madhya-ahna at noonCC Antya 4.117
madhya-ahne calilā left to execute noon dutiesCC Antya 1.68
madhya-ahne at noonCC Antya 4.118
akhila-adhyakṣa owner of the whole universeSB 7.10.26
kāraṇa-ambhodhi-madhye in the midst of the Causal OceanCC Adi 1.9
kāraṇa-ambhodhi-madhye in the midst of the Causal OceanCC Adi 5.50
ambu-madhyāt from the midst of the waterSB 3.18.6
vilaya-ambu-madhye in the Causal Ocean, in which everything is preserved in a state of reserved energySB 7.9.32
anadhyāropita not interposedSB 5.10.6
aṇḍa-madhya-gataḥ situated in the center of the universeSB 5.20.43
ādi-līlā madhya-līlā antya-līlā āra therefore there are three periods, namely the ādi-līlā, madhya-līlā and antya-līlāCC Madhya 1.21
na anubadhyeta will not become boundSB 10.47.41
anubadhyeta should become boundSB 11.17.54
anvabadhyata became boundSB 4.27.10
ādi-līlā madhya-līlā antya-līlā āra therefore there are three periods, namely the ādi-līlā, madhya-līlā and antya-līlāCC Madhya 1.21
prema-arṇava-madhye in the ocean of love of GodheadCC Adi 11.28
madhyāhne āsiba I shall come at noonCC Antya 12.122
aṣṭādaśa-adhyāya eighteen chaptersCC Madhya 9.94
ātma-madhye among themselvesCC Madhya 25.22
viṣa-auṣadhyaḥ poisonous drugsSB 8.7.46
avadadhyau insultedSB 4.5.9
avadhya a cow or calf, which is not to be killedCC Antya 3.160
avadhyaḥ cannot be killedBG 2.30
avadhyaḥ not to be killedSB 10.63.47
avadhyāna because of his neglectSB 11.23.10
sat-avadhyānam neglecting a great personality like youSB 5.10.24
avadhyātaḥ thus being disrespectedSB 3.12.6
avadhyāyatha you hold in contemptSB 10.82.42
avadhyāyī one who is neglectfulSB 10.44.48
avadhyeyaḥ to be insultedSB 4.13.23
madhyama-āvāsa the middle residenceCC Madhya 21.47
badhyamānāḥ besiegedSB 8.5.15-16
badhyamānam in the process of being tied upSB 10.50.31
badhyamānasya who was being bound by mother YaśodāSB 10.9.15
na badhyase You are not boundSB 10.48.21
badhyatām badhyatām Bind him up! Bind him up!SB 11.23.36
badhyatām badhyatām Bind him up! Bind him up!SB 11.23.36
badhyate becomes entangledBG 4.14
na badhyate is not attached as the creator, master or proprietorSB 5.19.12
badhyate is boundSB 6.12.15
badhyate is boundSB 7.2.41
na badhyate is not bound upSB 10.84.17
badhyate is boundSB 11.10.35
badhyate is boundSB 11.10.35
badhyate is boundSB 11.11.11
badhyate is boundSB 11.17.56
badhyate becomes bound upSB 11.29.28
badhyeta becomes capturedSB 11.8.13
badhyeyam be conditionedSB 2.9.29
bhajanera madhye in executing devotional serviceCC Antya 4.70
prabhu-bhakta-gaṇa-madhye among the intimate devotees of the LordCC Madhya 12.68
bhruvoḥ madhye between the two eyebrowsSB 6.8.8-10
tri-bhuvana-madhye within the three worldsCC Madhya 8.199
brahma-saṃhitā-adhyāya one chapter of the Brahma-saṃhitāCC Madhya 9.237
brahmāṇḍa-madhye within this universeCC Madhya 20.218
madhyataḥ ca also in the middle (the duration between the beginning and end)SB 7.9.30
madhya-ahne calilā left to execute noon dutiesCC Antya 1.68
madhyāhne calilā went to perform His noon dutiesCC Antya 3.20
śrī-catuḥ-vyūha-madhye in the quadruple expansions (Vāsudeva, Sańkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha)CC Adi 1.8
śrī-catuḥ-vyūha-madhye in the quadruple expansions (Vāsudeva, Sańkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha)CC Adi 5.13
chāḍi' adhyayana giving up so-called studies of VedāntaCC Madhya 25.22
chandāṃsi adhyāpayiṣyan desiring to teach him Vedic mantras during the months beginning with Śrāvaṇa or during the period of CāturmāsyaSB 5.9.5
dadhyań DadhyañcaSB 6.9.52
dadhyań DadhyañcaSB 6.9.53
dadhyań Dadhīci MuniSB 6.10.11
dadhyań Mahārāja DadhīciSB 8.20.7
dadhyañcam DadhyañcaSB 4.1.42
dadhyañcam to DadhyañcaSB 6.9.51
dadhyau contemplatedSB 1.4.17-18
dadhyau thought about itSB 1.12.32
dadhyau gave attentionSB 3.13.16
dadhyau meditated uponSB 3.33.2
dadhyau thoughtSB 4.5.23
dadhyau offeredSB 4.7.18
dadhyau contemplatedSB 4.17.12
dadhyau turns his attention toSB 4.28.17
dadhyau began to think seriouslySB 8.2.31
dadhyau meditatedSB 10.70.4-5
dadhyau he meditatedSB 12.6.9-10
dadhyau he meditatedSB 12.8.13
dadhyuḥ began to speculateSB 4.5.7
dadhyuḥ engaged themselves in meditationSB 4.24.17
dadhyuḥ they meditatedSB 10.29.9
dāsī-madhye amongst the maidservantsCC Adi 10.137
deśa-adhyakṣa landholderCC Antya 3.102
dharaṇīra madhye among the material planetsCC Adi 5.110
dharma-ācāri-madhye among persons who actually follow the Vedic principles or religious systemCC Madhya 19.147
dhyeya-madhye out of all types of meditationCC Madhya 8.253
madhyam-dina-gataḥ on the meridianSB 8.18.6
madhyam-dine during the fourth part of the daySB 6.8.20
divasa-madhyańgataḥ being positioned as at middaySB 5.21.8-9
duḥkha-madhye among the miserable conditions of lifeCC Madhya 8.248
dui-vipra-madhye between the two brāhmaṇasCC Madhya 5.16
tat-dvīpa-madhye within that islandSB 5.20.30
ei tina madhye of these threeCC Madhya 1.65
gābhī-gaṇa-madhye among the cowsCC Antya 17.15
gābhī-madhye among the cowsCC Antya 20.131
madhya-gam in the midstSB 10.67.9-10
kīrti-gaṇa-madhye among glorious activitiesCC Madhya 8.246
gāna-madhye among songsCC Madhya 8.250
prabhu-bhakta-gaṇa-madhye among the intimate devotees of the LordCC Madhya 12.68
gopī-gaṇa-madhye of all the gopīsCC Madhya 14.160
rasa-gaṇa-madhye among all the mellowsCC Madhya 19.104
hasti-gaṇa-madhye in the midst of many elephantsCC Madhya 21.69
veśyā-gaṇa-madhye among the prostitutesCC Antya 3.106
gābhī-gaṇa-madhye among the cowsCC Antya 17.15
aṇḍa-madhya-gataḥ situated in the center of the universeSB 5.20.43
madhya-gataḥ being situated in the middleSB 5.21.3
madhyam-dina-gataḥ on the meridianSB 8.18.6
madhya-gau in the midstSB 10.34.20
geha-adhyāsāt from the bondage of family lifeCC Madhya 19.120
madhya-gena going between the two treesSB 10.11.4
gopī-gaṇa-madhye of all the gopīsCC Madhya 14.160
grāma-madhye within the villageCC Madhya 4.47
gṛha-madhya within the homeCC Madhya 12.97
gṛha-madhya within the roomCC Madhya 12.100
guṇa-adhyāsāt because of presuming them to be goodSB 11.21.19
guṇa-madhye in such good attributesCC Antya 8.81
madhya-ahna haila it is already noonCC Madhya 9.181
haṃsa-madhye in a society of white swansCC Antya 5.129
rāja-haṃsa-madhye in a society of white swansCC Antya 7.102
madhya-stha hañā becoming a mediatorCC Madhya 10.167
hasti-gaṇa-madhye in the midst of many elephantsCC Madhya 21.69
ihā-madhye in the meantimeCC Madhya 2.91
ińhāra madhye among the loving affairs of the gopīsCC Madhya 8.98
ińhāra madhye out of Them allCC Madhya 20.208
ińhāra madhye of ThemCC Madhya 20.220
iti-madhye in the meantimeCC Adi 7.49
jagatera madhye throughout the whole worldCC Antya 2.105
koṭi-jñāni-madhye out of many millions of such wise menCC Madhya 19.148
sūtra-madhyei kahiluń I have already stated within the synopsisCC Madhya 1.9
madhyāhna-kāle at middayCC Antya 6.283
kāli madhyāhne tomorrow at noonCC Antya 2.55
kara adhyayana studyCC Antya 13.113
kāraṇa-ambhodhi-madhye in the midst of the Causal OceanCC Adi 1.9
kāraṇa-ambhodhi-madhye in the midst of the Causal OceanCC Adi 5.50
madhyāhna karāñā after arranging for His bathCC Madhya 19.84
karena adhyayana was engaged in studyCC Antya 3.169
madhyāhna kari' at noonCC Madhya 18.78
madhyāhna kari' after finishing His madhyāhna activities (taking a bath and murmuring mantras)CC Madhya 25.15
madhyāhna kari' after performing His noon activitiesCC Antya 16.54
madhyāhna karilā accepted lunchCC Madhya 14.23
madhyāhna karite to take lunch at noonCC Madhya 7.84
madhyāhna karite to accept lunchCC Madhya 19.58
madhya-ahna karite to execute daily noontime dutiesCC Antya 1.60
madhya-ahna karite to perform His noontime dutiesCC Antya 1.102
madhyāhna karite to execute His noon activitiesCC Antya 2.127
madhya-ahna karite to perform His noon dutiesCC Antya 4.92
madhyāhna karite for performing His midday dutiesCC Antya 6.209
madhyāhna karite to perform His noon dutiesCC Antya 11.43
madhyāhna karite to perform His noon dutiesCC Antya 11.44
madhyāhna kariyā performing bathing, etc.CC Madhya 7.85
madhyāhna kariyā finishing His midday dutiesCC Madhya 15.222
madhyāhna kariyā finishing bathing at noonCC Madhya 20.72
madhyāhna kariyā after finishing his noon ritualistic ceremoniesCC Antya 12.124
madhyāhna kariyā after finishing His noon dutiesCC Antya 16.102
koṭi-karma-niṣṭha-madhye among millions of such performers of fruitive activities according to Vedic principlesCC Madhya 19.147
kīrti-gaṇa-madhye among glorious activitiesCC Madhya 8.246
koṭi-karma-niṣṭha-madhye among millions of such performers of fruitive activities according to Vedic principlesCC Madhya 19.147
koṭi-jñāni-madhye out of many millions of such wise menCC Madhya 19.148
koṭi-mukta-madhye out of many millions of such liberated personsCC Madhya 19.148
madhya-līlāra krama a chronological list of the pastimes described in the Madhya-līlā of Caitanya-caritāmṛtaCC Madhya 25.242
kṛcchra-madhyamām whose slim waist was overburdenedSB 10.6.4
kṛṣṇa-rāsa-pañca-adhyāya the five chapters in the Tenth Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam in which Lord Kṛṣṇa's pastimes of the rāsa dance are describedCC Madhya 11.56
kṣīra-udadhi-madhye in part of the ocean known as the ocean of milkCC Adi 5.111
madhya-līlā nāma named the middle pastimesCC Adi 13.37
madhya-līlā the middle pastimesCC Madhya 1.20
ādi-līlā madhya-līlā antya-līlā āra therefore there are three periods, namely the ādi-līlā, madhya-līlā and antya-līlāCC Madhya 1.21
ādi-līlā madhya-līlā antya-līlā āra therefore there are three periods, namely the ādi-līlā, madhya-līlā and antya-līlāCC Madhya 1.21
ādi-līlā madhya-līlā antya-līlā āra therefore there are three periods, namely the ādi-līlā, madhya-līlā and antya-līlāCC Madhya 1.21
madhya-līlā pastimes known as madhya-līlāCC Antya 1.9
madhya-līlā-madhye within the madhya-līlā chaptersCC Antya 1.10
madhya-līlāra of the madhya-līlāCC Madhya 1.21
madhya-līlāra of the madhya-līlā, the middle portion of His pastimesCC Madhya 1.248
madhya-līlāra of the middle pastimesCC Madhya 1.286
madhya-līlāra of this division, known as Madhya-līlāCC Madhya 25.240
madhya-līlāra krama a chronological list of the pastimes described in the Madhya-līlā of Caitanya-caritāmṛtaCC Madhya 25.242
madhya-līlāra sāra essence of Madhya-līlāCC Madhya 25.263
loka-adhyakṣa O Supreme Lord of VaikuṇṭhaSB 11.11.26-27
madhya-stha mediators between belligerentsBG 6.9
madhya middleBG 11.19
madhya without an intermediate stageSB 2.10.34
madhya in the midst ofSB 4.30.7
aṇḍa-madhya-gataḥ situated in the center of the universeSB 5.20.43
madhya-gataḥ being situated in the middleSB 5.21.3
madhya-gena going between the two treesSB 10.11.4
madhya-gau in the midstSB 10.34.20
madhya in the midstSB 10.42.35
madhya in the midstSB 10.67.5
madhya-gam in the midstSB 10.67.9-10
madhya-sthaḥ neutralSB 10.78.17
madhya middleSB 10.87.50
madhya the middleSB 12.13.11-12
madhya-mūla the middle rootCC Adi 9.16
madhya middleCC Adi 13.14
madhya-līlā nāma named the middle pastimesCC Adi 13.37
madhya the middleCC Madhya 1.18
madhya-līlā the middle pastimesCC Madhya 1.20
ādi-līlā madhya-līlā antya-līlā āra therefore there are three periods, namely the ādi-līlā, madhya-līlā and antya-līlāCC Madhya 1.21
madhya-līlāra of the madhya-līlāCC Madhya 1.21
madhya-līlāra of the madhya-līlā, the middle portion of His pastimesCC Madhya 1.248
madhya-līlāra of the middle pastimesCC Madhya 1.286
madhya-stha as mediatorCC Madhya 5.82
madhya-ahna midday dutiesCC Madhya 6.39
madhya-vayasa adolescenceCC Madhya 8.177
madhya in the middleCC Madhya 8.194
madhya-ahna haila it is already noonCC Madhya 9.181
madhya-stha hañā becoming a mediatorCC Madhya 10.167
madhya-sthāne sitting in the middleCC Madhya 11.233
gṛha-madhya within the homeCC Madhya 12.97
gṛha-madhya within the roomCC Madhya 12.100
madhyā intermediateCC Madhya 14.149
madhyā the intermediateCC Madhya 14.151
madhya-yamunāte in the river YamunāCC Madhya 19.111
madhya-ādibhiḥ middle, etc.CC Madhya 20.399
madhya-līlāra of this division, known as Madhya-līlāCC Madhya 25.240
madhya-līlāra krama a chronological list of the pastimes described in the Madhya-līlā of Caitanya-caritāmṛtaCC Madhya 25.242
madhya-līlāra sāra essence of Madhya-līlāCC Madhya 25.263
madhya-līlā pastimes known as madhya-līlāCC Antya 1.9
madhya-līlā-madhye within the madhya-līlā chaptersCC Antya 1.10
madhya-ahna karite to execute daily noontime dutiesCC Antya 1.60
madhya-ahne calilā left to execute noon dutiesCC Antya 1.68
madhya-ahna karite to perform His noontime dutiesCC Antya 1.102
madhya-ahna karite to perform His noon dutiesCC Antya 4.92
madhya-ahna at noonCC Antya 4.117
madhya-ahne at noonCC Antya 4.118
madhyāḥ and waistsSB 10.75.17
madhyāhna middaySB 5.21.7
madhyāhna at middaySB 6.9.13-17
madhyāhna karite to take lunch at noonCC Madhya 7.84
madhyāhna kariyā performing bathing, etc.CC Madhya 7.85
madhyāhna noon lunchCC Madhya 9.352
madhyāhna noon lunchCC Madhya 10.66
madhyāhna paryanta up to middayCC Madhya 12.216
madhyāhna noontime lunchCC Madhya 12.219
madhyāhna karilā accepted lunchCC Madhya 14.23
madhyāhna kariyā finishing His midday dutiesCC Madhya 15.222
madhyāhna-snāna afternoon bathCC Madhya 17.82
madhyāhna kari' at noonCC Madhya 18.78
madhyāhna-paryanta until noonCC Madhya 18.80
madhyāhna karite to accept lunchCC Madhya 19.58
madhyāhna karāñā after arranging for His bathCC Madhya 19.84
madhyāhna kariyā finishing bathing at noonCC Madhya 20.72
madhyāhna bathing at noonCC Madhya 20.84
madhyāhna kari' after finishing His madhyāhna activities (taking a bath and murmuring mantras)CC Madhya 25.15
madhyāhna karite to execute His noon activitiesCC Antya 2.127
madhyāhna karite for performing His midday dutiesCC Antya 6.209
madhyāhna-kāle at middayCC Antya 6.283
madhyāhna karite to perform His noon dutiesCC Antya 11.43
madhyāhna karite to perform His noon dutiesCC Antya 11.44
madhyāhna kariyā after finishing his noon ritualistic ceremoniesCC Antya 12.124
madhyāhna kari' after performing His noon activitiesCC Antya 16.54
madhyāhna kariyā after finishing His noon dutiesCC Antya 16.102
madhyāhne at noonCC Madhya 9.327
madhyāhne in the afternoonCC Madhya 18.89
kāli madhyāhne tomorrow at noonCC Antya 2.55
madhyāhne at noonCC Antya 2.109
madhyāhne calilā went to perform His noon dutiesCC Antya 3.20
madhyāhne at noonCC Antya 9.80
madhyāhne āsiba I shall come at noonCC Antya 12.122
madhyaiḥ by their middlesSB 10.33.7
madhyam middleBG 10.20
madhyam middleBG 10.32
na madhyam no middleBG 11.16
madhyam waistSB 3.20.36
madhyam to the middleSB 4.4.25
madhyam-dine during the fourth part of the daySB 6.8.20
madhyam middleSB 8.1.12
madhyam middleSB 8.6.10
madhyam between the beginning and the end, the sustenanceSB 8.12.5
madhyam maintenance of the present manifestationSB 8.17.27
madhyam-dina-gataḥ on the meridianSB 8.18.6
vayaḥ-madhyam middle ageSB 11.22.47
madhyam the middleSB 11.24.17
madhyama one who is in an intermediate positionSB 4.20.13
su-madhyamā a girl whose waist is slenderSB 4.30.16
su-madhyamā because of her thin waistSB 10.9.10
su-madhyamā slender-waisted (Rukmiṇī)SB 10.54.4
madhyama middle-classCC Madhya 6.72
madhyama in the middleCC Madhya 8.167
vayase madhyamā grown upCC Madhya 14.161
madhyama middleCC Madhya 21.42
madhyama-āvāsa the middle residenceCC Madhya 21.47
madhyama intermediateCC Madhya 22.64
madhyama-adhikārī second-class devoteeCC Madhya 22.67
su-madhyamāḥ thin-waistedSB 3.24.14
madhyamaḥ the middle oneSB 9.16.29
madhyamaḥ mediocreSB 9.18.44
su-madhyamāḥ O slender-waisted girlsSB 10.22.11
su-madhyamāḥ O slender-waisted girlsSB 10.29.19
su-madhyamāḥ O slender-waisted onesSB 10.32.18
madhyamāḥ and neutral partiesSB 10.87.11
madhyamaḥ a second-class devoteeSB 11.2.46
madhyamaḥ second-class or middle-class devoteeCC Madhya 22.68
madhyamaḥ a second-class devoteeCC Madhya 22.73
madhyamām the middle one (Devahūti)SB 3.12.57
madhyamam middle portion of the bodySB 7.8.19-22
madhyamam the secondSB 9.7.20
kṛcchra-madhyamām whose slim waist was overburdenedSB 10.6.4
su-madhyamām whose waist was well-formedSB 10.53.51-55
su-madhyame my dear young wifeSB 4.3.22
su-madhyame O thin-waisted womanSB 6.18.35
su-madhyame O beautiful thin-waisted womanSB 8.9.6
su-madhyame O most beautifulSB 9.20.12
su-madhyame O fine-waisted oneSB 10.60.14
madhyandinam MadhyandinamSB 4.13.13
divasa-madhyańgataḥ being positioned as at middaySB 5.21.8-9
madhyāni in the middleBG 2.28
madhyastha neutralsSB 6.16.5
madhyāt from betweenSB 3.12.7
ambu-madhyāt from the midst of the waterSB 3.18.6
madhyāt from the midstSB 7.8.18
madhyāt from the midstSB 10.53.56
madhyataḥ in the middleSB 5.16.28
madhyataḥ ca also in the middle (the duration between the beginning and end)SB 7.9.30
madhyataḥ in the middle portion of the bodySB 8.12.19
madhyataḥ the middle portionSB 9.16.20
madhyataḥ from within the midstSB 10.22.36
madhyataḥ in the middleSB 10.42.17
madhyāyāḥ whose waistSB 12.8.26-27
madhye betweenBG 1.21-22
madhye in the midstBG 1.24
madhye betweenBG 2.10
madhye betweenBG 8.10
madhye in the middleBG 14.18
madhye in the midstSB 1.9.35
madhye amongstSB 1.14.24
madhye withinSB 3.13.16
madhye betweenSB 3.15.28
madhye in the midstSB 3.20.32
madhye within the midstSB 4.21.14
madhye in the midstSB 4.29.7
madhye in the middleSB 4.29.30-31
madhye in the middleSB 5.2.11
madhye amongSB 5.16.7
tat-dvīpa-madhye within that islandSB 5.20.30
madhye in the middleSB 5.20.43
pārṣada-madhye among the personal associatesSB 6.5.38
bhruvoḥ madhye between the two eyebrowsSB 6.8.8-10
vilaya-ambu-madhye in the Causal Ocean, in which everything is preserved in a state of reserved energySB 7.9.32
madhye in the middleSB 8.6.10
ṛtvijām madhye in the group of all the priestsSB 8.23.13
madhye in the middle (between east and west)SB 9.6.5
madhye in the middleSB 9.10.6-7
ubhayoḥ madhye in between the twoSB 9.14.43
madhye within the jurisdiction of MāhiṣmatīSB 9.16.17
madhye in the middleSB 10.13.11
madhye in the midstSB 10.21.8
madhye betweenSB 10.26.7
madhye within the midstSB 10.33.3
madhye in the midstSB 10.33.6
madhye withinSB 10.46.35
madhye withinSB 10.47.42
madhye in the midstSB 10.49.10
madhye amongSB 10.49.16
madhye in the midstSB 10.62.11
madhye in the midstSB 10.68.53
madhye in the midstSB 10.72.1-2
madhye in the midstSB 10.74.51
madhye at the middle (the waist)SB 10.75.33
madhye withinSB 10.77.17-18
madhye in the midstSB 10.81.27
madhye in the middleSB 11.10.24
vahni-madhye within the fireSB 11.14.36-42
madhye only in the middle, at presentSB 11.19.7
madhye in the phase of maintenanceSB 11.19.16
madhye in the middleSB 11.28.18
madhye in the middleSB 11.28.19
madhye in betweenSB 11.28.21
madhye betweenSB 12.2.27-28
śrī-catuḥ-vyūha-madhye in the quadruple expansions (Vāsudeva, Sańkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha)CC Adi 1.8
kāraṇa-ambhodhi-madhye in the midst of the Causal OceanCC Adi 1.9
madhye withinCC Adi 1.29
madhye in the middleCC Adi 1.72
madhye in the midstCC Adi 1.92
madhye in the middleCC Adi 2.68
tāra madhye among themCC Adi 4.48
madhye in the middleCC Adi 4.70
tāra madhye among themCC Adi 4.81
madhye amongCC Adi 4.214
śrī-catuḥ-vyūha-madhye in the quadruple expansions (Vāsudeva, Sańkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha)CC Adi 5.13
para-vyoma-madhye within the spiritual skyCC Adi 5.26
kāraṇa-ambhodhi-madhye in the midst of the Causal OceanCC Adi 5.50
dharaṇīra madhye among the material planetsCC Adi 5.110
kṣīra-udadhi-madhye in part of the ocean known as the ocean of milkCC Adi 5.111
tattva-madhye in the truthCC Adi 7.16
iti-madhye in the meantimeCC Adi 7.49
sabhā-madhye in the assembly ofCC Adi 7.65
madhye in the middleCC Adi 7.151
madhye in the midst ofCC Adi 10.85
dāsī-madhye amongst the maidservantsCC Adi 10.137
vārāṇasī-madhye at VārāṇasīCC Adi 10.152-154
prema-arṇava-madhye in the ocean of love of GodheadCC Adi 11.28
madhye withinCC Adi 12.67
mahā-śākhā-madhye amongst the great branchesCC Adi 12.88
tāra madhye out of thatCC Adi 13.12
madhye withinCC Adi 13.15
tāra madhye out of those twenty-four yearsCC Adi 13.35
tāra madhye out of thatCC Adi 13.38
madhye in the midst ofCC Adi 14.49
vyākaraṇa-madhye among grammarsCC Adi 16.32
madhye in the midstCC Adi 16.43
madhye in the middleCC Adi 17.136
raurava-madhye in a hellish condition of lifeCC Adi 17.166
tāhi madhye during thatCC Adi 17.238
tahiń madhye in that chapterCC Adi 17.316
tāra madhye amongst themCC Madhya 1.11-12
tāra madhye within that periodCC Madhya 1.19
tāra madhye within that periodCC Madhya 1.23
nṛtya-madhye during the dancingCC Madhya 1.57
ei tina madhye of these threeCC Madhya 1.65
madhye madhye in the middleCC Madhya 1.157
madhye madhye in the middleCC Madhya 1.157
sūtra-madhye in the form of a synopsisCC Madhya 2.91
ihā-madhye in the meantimeCC Madhya 2.91
madhye in the middleCC Madhya 3.44
madhye madhye sometimesCC Madhya 3.191
madhye madhye sometimesCC Madhya 3.191
grāma-madhye within the villageCC Madhya 4.47
sevā-madhye in rendering serviceCC Madhya 4.87
madhye amongCC Madhya 4.193
madhye amongCC Madhya 4.193
dui-vipra-madhye between the two brāhmaṇasCC Madhya 5.16
madhye in the midstCC Madhya 6.135
madhye in the midstCC Madhya 6.193
madhye in the middleCC Madhya 7.78
madhye in the midstCC Madhya 8.95
ińhāra madhye among the loving affairs of the gopīsCC Madhya 8.98
tāra madhye among themCC Madhya 8.109
madhye in the middleCC Madhya 8.161
tri-bhuvana-madhye within the three worldsCC Madhya 8.199
vidyā-madhye in the midst of knowledgeCC Madhya 8.245
kīrti-gaṇa-madhye among glorious activitiesCC Madhya 8.246
madhye amongCC Madhya 8.247
duḥkha-madhye among the miserable conditions of lifeCC Madhya 8.248
mukta-madhye among the liberatedCC Madhya 8.249
gāna-madhye among songsCC Madhya 8.250
śreyaḥ-madhye among beneficial activitiesCC Madhya 8.251
dhyeya-madhye out of all types of meditationCC Madhya 8.253
śravaṇa-madhye out of all topics for hearingCC Madhya 8.255
madhye amongCC Madhya 8.256
vaiṣṇavera madhye amongst VaiṣṇavasCC Madhya 9.11
tāra madhye within that bookCC Madhya 9.200
madhye amongCC Madhya 9.239-240
ṭoṭā-madhye within the gardensCC Madhya 11.166
madhye madhye occasionallyCC Madhya 11.209
madhye madhye occasionallyCC Madhya 11.209
madhye in the middleCC Madhya 11.215
madhye in the middleCC Madhya 11.225
madhye rahi' keeping in the middleCC Madhya 11.229
prabhu-bhakta-gaṇa-madhye among the intimate devotees of the LordCC Madhya 12.68
madhye in the middleCC Madhya 12.137
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Madhya 12.163-164
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Madhya 12.163-164
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Madhya 12.218
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Madhya 12.218
madhye sometimesCC Madhya 12.218
sūtra-madhye in the synopsisCC Madhya 13.132
nṛtya-madhye in the midst of dancingCC Madhya 13.135
tāra madhye within thatCC Madhya 13.141
tāńra madhye among themCC Madhya 13.150
vatsara-madhye within a yearCC Madhya 14.118
tāra madhye among themCC Madhya 14.151
gopī-gaṇa-madhye of all the gopīsCC Madhya 14.160
tāra madhye in that dealingCC Madhya 14.162
pāda-madhye between the two legsCC Madhya 15.24
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Madhya 15.44
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Madhya 15.44
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Madhya 15.52
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Madhya 15.52
tāra madhye within that pastimeCC Madhya 15.298
sabāra madhye among all of themCC Madhya 16.34
tāra madhye within that episodeCC Madhya 16.55
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Madhya 16.58
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Madhya 16.58
tāra madhye within those episodesCC Madhya 16.83
madhye in the middleCC Madhya 16.196
tāra madhye within thatCC Madhya 16.214-215
sūtra-madhye in the synopsisCC Madhya 16.214-215
tāra madhye through themCC Madhya 17.26
madhye between themCC Madhya 18.60
sei mleccha-madhye among those MuslimsCC Madhya 18.185
madhye amongCC Madhya 18.197
rasa-gaṇa-madhye among all the mellowsCC Madhya 19.104
tāra madhye among the living entities who are conditioned within the material worldCC Madhya 19.144
tāra madhye among all such living entitiesCC Madhya 19.145
tāra madhye among the small quantity of human beingsCC Madhya 19.145
veda-niṣṭha-madhye among persons who are followers of the VedasCC Madhya 19.146
dharma-ācāri-madhye among persons who actually follow the Vedic principles or religious systemCC Madhya 19.147
koṭi-karma-niṣṭha-madhye among millions of such performers of fruitive activities according to Vedic principlesCC Madhya 19.147
koṭi-jñāni-madhye out of many millions of such wise menCC Madhya 19.148
koṭi-mukta-madhye out of many millions of such liberated personsCC Madhya 19.148
madhye amongCC Madhya 19.185
paravyoma-madhye in the paravyoma areaCC Madhya 20.192
ińhāra madhye out of Them allCC Madhya 20.208
paravyoma-madhye in the spiritual skyCC Madhya 20.213
brahmāṇḍa-madhye within this universeCC Madhya 20.218
ińhāra madhye of ThemCC Madhya 20.220
madhye in the midstCC Madhya 20.252
hasti-gaṇa-madhye in the midst of many elephantsCC Madhya 21.69
tāra madhye of them allCC Madhya 22.99
pañca-madhye out of the fiveCC Madhya 24.194
ātma-madhye among themselvesCC Madhya 25.22
sabhā-madhye in the assembly of the sannyāsīsCC Madhya 25.23
tāra madhye within the creationCC Madhya 25.111
tathi-madhye within thatCC Madhya 25.243
tathi-madhye within thatCC Madhya 25.244
tāra madhye in thatCC Madhya 25.253
tāra madhye within thatCC Madhya 25.257
tāra madhye within thatCC Madhya 25.258
madhya-līlā-madhye within the madhya-līlā chaptersCC Antya 1.10
tayoḥ madhye between themCC Antya 1.161
tāra madhye within thatCC Antya 1.179
tāra madhye within thatCC Antya 1.180
madhye madhye sometimesCC Antya 2.86
madhye madhye sometimesCC Antya 2.86
jagatera madhye throughout the whole worldCC Antya 2.105
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Antya 3.26
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Antya 3.26
madhye towardCC Antya 3.60
vana-madhye in the forestCC Antya 3.99
veśyā-gaṇa-madhye among the prostitutesCC Antya 3.106
bhajanera madhye in executing devotional serviceCC Antya 4.70
tāra madhye of the nine different types of devotional serviceCC Antya 4.71
haṃsa-madhye in a society of white swansCC Antya 5.129
tāra madhye within these statementsCC Antya 5.160
madhye madhye sometimesCC Antya 6.113
madhye madhye sometimesCC Antya 6.113
madhye withinCC Antya 6.297
madhye in the middleCC Antya 7.65
rāja-haṃsa-madhye in a society of white swansCC Antya 7.102
tāra madhye between the twoCC Antya 8.79
madhye betweenCC Antya 8.80
guṇa-madhye in such good attributesCC Antya 8.81
madhye in the centerCC Antya 10.66
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Antya 10.134
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Antya 10.134
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Antya 10.154-155
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Antya 10.154-155
tāra madhye in the midst of thatCC Antya 10.159
tāra madhye along with thatCC Antya 10.159
tāra madhye in that connectionCC Antya 11.91-93
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Antya 13.106
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Antya 13.106
tāra madhye within thatCC Antya 13.136-137
madhye in the middleCC Antya 14.19
tāra madhye within that placeCC Antya 14.62
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Antya 17.7
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Antya 17.7
gābhī-gaṇa-madhye among the cowsCC Antya 17.15
surabhi-madhye among the cowsCC Antya 17.72
sakhī-madhye among the friendsCC Antya 18.93
samudrera madhye in the midst of the great oceanCC Antya 20.81
tāra madhye within that chapterCC Antya 20.103
tāra madhye in that chapterCC Antya 20.104
tāra madhye within that chapterCC Antya 20.105
tāra madhye within that chapterCC Antya 20.111
tāra madhye within that chapterCC Antya 20.118
tāra madhye in that chapterCC Antya 20.118
tāra madhye in that chapterCC Antya 20.124
tāra madhye in that chapterCC Antya 20.125
tāra madhye within thatCC Antya 20.127
tāra madhye within that chapterCC Antya 20.127
gābhī-madhye among the cowsCC Antya 20.131
madhye withinMM 48
sūtra-madhyei kahiluń I have already stated within the synopsisCC Madhya 1.9
madhyete withinCC Adi 5.110
madhyora waistSB 5.12.5-6
mahā-śākhā-madhye amongst the great branchesCC Adi 12.88
sei mleccha-madhye among those MuslimsCC Madhya 18.185
mukta-madhye among the liberatedCC Madhya 8.249
koṭi-mukta-madhye out of many millions of such liberated personsCC Madhya 19.148
madhya-mūla the middle rootCC Adi 9.16
na madhyam no middleBG 11.16
na badhyate is not attached as the creator, master or proprietorSB 5.19.12
na vadhyaḥ not to be killedSB 7.10.27
na adhyagacchat do not obtainSB 10.3.27
na anubadhyeta will not become boundSB 10.47.41
na badhyase You are not boundSB 10.48.21
na vadhyaḥ not to be killedSB 10.63.47
na adhyagacchan they could not come to a conclusionSB 10.74.18
na badhyate is not bound upSB 10.84.17
nāhi adhyayana without educationCC Antya 16.75
madhya-līlā nāma named the middle pastimesCC Adi 13.37
nibadhya anchoringSB 8.24.45
nibadhyate becomes affectedBG 4.22
nibadhyate becomes entangledBG 5.12
nibadhyate becomes entangledBG 18.17
nibadhyate one becomes entangledSB 4.26.8
nibadhyate is bound upSB 11.11.10
nibadhyate one is bound upSB 11.25.12
nidadhyuḥ meditatedSB 3.15.44
veda-niṣṭha-madhye among persons who are followers of the VedasCC Madhya 19.146
koṭi-karma-niṣṭha-madhye among millions of such performers of fruitive activities according to Vedic principlesCC Madhya 19.147
nṛtya-madhye during the dancingCC Madhya 1.57
nṛtya-madhye in the midst of dancingCC Madhya 13.135
oṣadhyaḥ the deities presiding over the herbs and plantsSB 3.26.65
pāda-madhye between the two legsCC Madhya 15.24
kṛṣṇa-rāsa-pañca-adhyāya the five chapters in the Tenth Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam in which Lord Kṛṣṇa's pastimes of the rāsa dance are describedCC Madhya 11.56
pañca-madhye out of the fiveCC Madhya 24.194
para-vyoma-madhye within the spiritual skyCC Adi 5.26
paravyoma-madhye in the paravyoma areaCC Madhya 20.192
paravyoma-madhye in the spiritual skyCC Madhya 20.213
pārṣada-madhye among the personal associatesSB 6.5.38
madhyāhna paryanta up to middayCC Madhya 12.216
madhyāhna-paryanta until noonCC Madhya 18.80
prabhu-bhakta-gaṇa-madhye among the intimate devotees of the LordCC Madhya 12.68
prajā-adhyakṣāḥ the rulers of humankindSB 4.29.42-44
prajā-adhyakṣaḥ PrajāpatiSB 8.16.13
praṇidadhyau concentratedSB 1.7.3
prema-arṇava-madhye in the ocean of love of GodheadCC Adi 11.28
punaḥ adhyagamat revived them againSB 1.15.30
pura-adhyakṣaḥ superintendent of the citySB 4.27.16
puruṣa-adhyakṣa O ruler of the universal controllersSB 11.11.26-27
madhye rahi' keeping in the middleCC Madhya 11.229
rāja-haṃsa-madhye in a society of white swansCC Antya 7.102
kṛṣṇa-rāsa-pañca-adhyāya the five chapters in the Tenth Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam in which Lord Kṛṣṇa's pastimes of the rāsa dance are describedCC Madhya 11.56
rasa-gaṇa-madhye among all the mellowsCC Madhya 19.104
raurava-madhye in a hellish condition of lifeCC Adi 17.166
ṛtvijām madhye in the group of all the priestsSB 8.23.13
sa-adhyātmam (the witness of) the living entitiesSB 10.40.4
sabāra madhye among all of themCC Madhya 16.34
sabhā-madhye in the assembly ofCC Adi 7.65
sabhā-madhye in the assembly of the sannyāsīsCC Madhya 25.23
mahā-śākhā-madhye amongst the great branchesCC Adi 12.88
sakhī-madhye among the friendsCC Antya 18.93
samadhyagām I have thoroughly learnedSB 12.7.6
brahma-saṃhitā-adhyāya one chapter of the Brahma-saṃhitāCC Madhya 9.237
samudrera madhye in the midst of the great oceanCC Antya 20.81
madhya-līlāra sāra essence of Madhya-līlāCC Madhya 25.263
sarva-sura-adhyakṣaḥ the leader of all the demigodsSB 10.4.42
sat-avadhyānam neglecting a great personality like youSB 5.10.24
sei mleccha-madhye among those MuslimsCC Madhya 18.185
sevā-madhye in rendering serviceCC Madhya 4.87
madhyāhna-snāna afternoon bathCC Madhya 17.82
śraddadhyāt can aspireSB 3.6.35
śraddadhyāt take faithSB 11.28.43
śraddadhyuḥ place faith inSB 6.7.14
śramam adhyagāt became very tiredSB 4.26.10
śravaṇa-madhye out of all topics for hearingCC Madhya 8.255
śreyaḥ-madhye among beneficial activitiesCC Madhya 8.251
śrī-catuḥ-vyūha-madhye in the quadruple expansions (Vāsudeva, Sańkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha)CC Adi 1.8
śrī-catuḥ-vyūha-madhye in the quadruple expansions (Vāsudeva, Sańkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha)CC Adi 5.13
madhya-stha mediators between belligerentsBG 6.9
madhya-stha as mediatorCC Madhya 5.82
madhya-stha hañā becoming a mediatorCC Madhya 10.167
madhya-sthaḥ neutralSB 10.78.17
madhya-sthāne sitting in the middleCC Madhya 11.233
su-madhyamāḥ thin-waistedSB 3.24.14
su-madhyame my dear young wifeSB 4.3.22
su-madhyamā a girl whose waist is slenderSB 4.30.16
su-madhyame O thin-waisted womanSB 6.18.35
su-madhyame O beautiful thin-waisted womanSB 8.9.6
su-madhyame O most beautifulSB 9.20.12
su-madhyamā because of her thin waistSB 10.9.10
su-madhyamāḥ O slender-waisted girlsSB 10.22.11
su-madhyamāḥ O slender-waisted girlsSB 10.29.19
su-madhyamāḥ O slender-waisted onesSB 10.32.18
su-madhyamām whose waist was well-formedSB 10.53.51-55
su-madhyamā slender-waisted (Rukmiṇī)SB 10.54.4
su-madhyame O fine-waisted oneSB 10.60.14
sumadhyame O beautiful girlSB 9.24.34
sarva-sura-adhyakṣaḥ the leader of all the demigodsSB 10.4.42
surabhi-madhye among the cowsCC Antya 17.72
sūtra-madhyei kahiluń I have already stated within the synopsisCC Madhya 1.9
sūtra-madhye in the form of a synopsisCC Madhya 2.91
sūtra-madhye in the synopsisCC Madhya 13.132
sūtra-madhye in the synopsisCC Madhya 16.214-215
sva-adhyāyaḥ study of the VedasSB 3.28.4
sva-adhyāya of superior Vedic studiesSB 11.17.31
svādhyāya-adhyayane in study of the Vedic literatureSB 12.3.23
tāhi madhye during thatCC Adi 17.238
tahiń madhye in that chapterCC Adi 17.316
tāńra madhye among themCC Madhya 13.150
tāra madhye among themCC Adi 4.48
tāra madhye among themCC Adi 4.81
tāra madhye out of thatCC Adi 13.12
tāra madhye out of those twenty-four yearsCC Adi 13.35
tāra madhye out of thatCC Adi 13.38
tāra madhye amongst themCC Madhya 1.11-12
tāra madhye within that periodCC Madhya 1.19
tāra madhye within that periodCC Madhya 1.23
tāra madhye among themCC Madhya 8.109
tāra madhye within that bookCC Madhya 9.200
tāra madhye within thatCC Madhya 13.141
tāra madhye among themCC Madhya 14.151
tāra madhye in that dealingCC Madhya 14.162
tāra madhye within that pastimeCC Madhya 15.298
tāra madhye within that episodeCC Madhya 16.55
tāra madhye within those episodesCC Madhya 16.83
tāra madhye within thatCC Madhya 16.214-215
tāra madhye through themCC Madhya 17.26
tāra madhye among the living entities who are conditioned within the material worldCC Madhya 19.144
tāra madhye among all such living entitiesCC Madhya 19.145
tāra madhye among the small quantity of human beingsCC Madhya 19.145
tāra madhye of them allCC Madhya 22.99
tāra madhye within the creationCC Madhya 25.111
tāra madhye in thatCC Madhya 25.253
tāra madhye within thatCC Madhya 25.257
tāra madhye within thatCC Madhya 25.258
tāra madhye within thatCC Antya 1.179
tāra madhye within thatCC Antya 1.180
tāra madhye of the nine different types of devotional serviceCC Antya 4.71
tāra madhye within these statementsCC Antya 5.160
tāra madhye between the twoCC Antya 8.79
tāra madhye in the midst of thatCC Antya 10.159
tāra madhye along with thatCC Antya 10.159
tāra madhye in that connectionCC Antya 11.91-93
tāra madhye within thatCC Antya 13.136-137
tāra madhye within that placeCC Antya 14.62
tāra madhye within that chapterCC Antya 20.103
tāra madhye in that chapterCC Antya 20.104
tāra madhye within that chapterCC Antya 20.105
tāra madhye within that chapterCC Antya 20.111
tāra madhye within that chapterCC Antya 20.118
tāra madhye in that chapterCC Antya 20.118
tāra madhye in that chapterCC Antya 20.124
tāra madhye in that chapterCC Antya 20.125
tāra madhye within thatCC Antya 20.127
tāra madhye within that chapterCC Antya 20.127
tat-dvīpa-madhye within that islandSB 5.20.30
tathi-madhye within thatCC Madhya 25.243
tathi-madhye within thatCC Madhya 25.244
tattva-madhye in the truthCC Adi 7.16
tayoḥ madhye between themCC Antya 1.161
ei tina madhye of these threeCC Madhya 1.65
ṭoṭā-madhye within the gardensCC Madhya 11.166
tri-bhuvana-madhye within the three worldsCC Madhya 8.199
ubhayoḥ madhye in between the twoSB 9.14.43
kṣīra-udadhi-madhye in part of the ocean known as the ocean of milkCC Adi 5.111
upadhyāyaḥ his priestsSB 10.71.23
vadhyaḥ ought to be killedSB 4.19.30
vadhyaḥ who is to be killedSB 7.5.34
na vadhyaḥ not to be killedSB 7.10.27
vadhyaḥ anyone is to be killedSB 8.5.22
na vadhyaḥ not to be killedSB 10.63.47
vadhyāḥ to be killedSB 10.78.27
vadhyamānāḥ being killed one after anotherSB 7.7.4-5
vadhyān who deserved to be killedSB 9.7.3
vadhyasya of one who is to be killedSB 11.10.20
vadhyatām will be killedSB 1.7.39
vadhyatām let him be killedSB 7.5.34
vadhyatām kill HimSB 10.42.19
vahni-madhye within the fireSB 11.14.36-42
vaiṣṇavera madhye amongst VaiṣṇavasCC Madhya 9.11
vana-madhye in the forestCC Antya 3.99
vārāṇasī-madhye at VārāṇasīCC Adi 10.152-154
vatsara-madhye within a yearCC Madhya 14.118
vayaḥ-madhyam middle ageSB 11.22.47
madhya-vayasa adolescenceCC Madhya 8.177
vayase madhyamā grown upCC Madhya 14.161
veda-adhyāya by study of Vedic knowledgeSB 11.17.50
veda-niṣṭha-madhye among persons who are followers of the VedasCC Madhya 19.146
veśyā-gaṇa-madhye among the prostitutesCC Antya 3.106
vidadhyāt may He bestowSB 6.8.12
vidadhyāt may fulfillSB 8.16.22
vidyā-madhye in the midst of knowledgeCC Madhya 8.245
vilaya-ambu-madhye in the Causal Ocean, in which everything is preserved in a state of reserved energySB 7.9.32
dui-vipra-madhye between the two brāhmaṇasCC Madhya 5.16
viṣa-auṣadhyaḥ poisonous drugsSB 8.7.46
vyākaraṇa-madhye among grammarsCC Adi 16.32
para-vyoma-madhye within the spiritual skyCC Adi 5.26
śrī-catuḥ-vyūha-madhye in the quadruple expansions (Vāsudeva, Sańkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha)CC Adi 1.8
śrī-catuḥ-vyūha-madhye in the quadruple expansions (Vāsudeva, Sańkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha)CC Adi 5.13
madhya-yamunāte in the river YamunāCC Madhya 19.111
DCS with thanks
161 results
adhyadhika adjective increased more
Frequency rank 42538/72933
adhyadhikṣepa noun (masculine) excessive censure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
gross abuse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42539/72933
adhyadhīna adjective completely subject to or dependent on (as a slave) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26252/72933
adhyagni indeclinable over or by the nuptial fire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22909/72933
adhyagnyupāgata noun (neuter) property received by a wife at the wedding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42536/72933
adhyakṣa noun (masculine) an eye-witness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an inspector (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
chief superintendent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the plant Mimusops Kauki (kṣīrikā) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4025/72933
adhyakṣa adjective exercising supervision (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
observable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
perceptible to the senses (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22908/72933
adhyarbuda noun (neuter) a congenital tumour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
goitre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42542/72933
adhyardha adjective one and a half (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6286/72933
adhyardhadhāra noun (neuter) a kind of surgical knife
Frequency rank 42541/72933
adhyas verb (class 4 parasmaipada) (in phil.) to attribute or impute wrongly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to throw or place over or upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20511/72933
adhyasthi noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 20512/72933
adhyavaso verb (class 6 parasmaipada) to accomplish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to ascertain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to attempt (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to consider (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to decide to determine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to undertake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7150/72933
adhyavasā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 42543/72933
adhyavasāna noun (neuter) (in rhetoric) concise and forcible language (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
attempt (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
determining (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
effort (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
energy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
exertion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
perseverance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22910/72933
adhyavasāya noun (masculine neuter) (in phil.) mental effort (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
apprehension (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
determination
Frequency rank 6287/72933
adhyavasāyaka adjective deciding
Frequency rank 42544/72933
adhyavasāyin adjective resolute (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26253/72933
adhyavasāyita adjective attempted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42545/72933
adhyayana noun (neuter) reading (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
studying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1992/72933
adhyayanasaṃpradānīya noun (masculine) name of ch. Suśr., Sū. 3
Frequency rank 42540/72933
adhyaś verb (class 9 ātmanepada) [overeat?? gibt es das Wort??]
Frequency rank 42546/72933
adhyaśana noun (neuter) eating too soon after a meal (before the last meal is digested) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8914/72933
adhyaṇḍā noun (feminine) the plants Carpopogon Pruriens (cowage) and Flacourtia Cataphracta (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42537/72933
adhyetṛ noun (masculine) a student (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reader (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17498/72933
adhyeṣay verb (class 10 parasmaipada)
Frequency rank 20513/72933
adhyeṣaṇā noun (masculine feminine) asking for instruction (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42557/72933
adhyābhū verb (class 1 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 42551/72933
adhyācar verb (class 1 ātmanepada) to use (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 31693/72933
adhyāgam verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to meet with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42547/72933
adhyāhāra noun (masculine) complement Ergänzung (eines elliptischen Ausdrucks) the act of supplying (elliptical language) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10012/72933
adhyāhṛ verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to infer to supply (an argument etc.)
Frequency rank 13916/72933
adhyākram verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to attack (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to choose (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26254/72933
adhyāna noun (neuter) non-dhyāna
Frequency rank 31694/72933
adhyāpaka noun (masculine) a teacher (especially of sacred knowledge) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12764/72933
adhyāpana noun (neuter) instruction (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lecturing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5649/72933
adhyāpay verb (class 10 ātmanepada) to instruct (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to teach (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4835/72933
adhyāpin adjective teaching
Frequency rank 42550/72933
adhyāropa noun (masculine) (in Vedānta phil.) wrong attribution (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
erroneous transferring of a statement from one thing to another (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42553/72933
adhyāropay verb (class 10 ātmanepada) to cause to mount (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to cause to transcend [e.g. the literal meaning of a word]
Frequency rank 26255/72933
adhyāruh verb (class 6 ātmanepada) to ascend up on high (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to mount (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12765/72933
adhyās verb (class 2 parasmaipada) to affect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be directed to or upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to cohabit with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to concern (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to enter upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to get into (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to influence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to occupy as one's seat or habitation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to preside over (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to rule (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to settle upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to sit down or lie down upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4336/72933
adhyāsa noun (masculine) an appendage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
imposing (as of a foot) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15402/72933
adhyāsana noun (neuter) a seat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
act of sitting down upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
presiding over (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
settlement (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42555/72933
adhyāsthā verb (class 1 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 42556/72933
adhyātma adjective belonging to self (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
own (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10844/72933
adhyātma noun (neuter) the Supreme spirit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2785/72933
adhyātmika adjective
Frequency rank 42549/72933
adhyātmin adjective
Frequency rank 42548/72933
adhyāvas verb (class 1 ātmanepada) to dwell in (acc. or loc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to inhabit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17497/72933
adhyāvāhanika noun (neuter) that part of a wife's property which she receives when led in procession from her father's to her husband's house (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26256/72933
adhyāya noun (masculine) a lesson (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a reader (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
chapter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lecture (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
proper time for reading or for a lesson (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reading (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 457/72933
adhyāyaka adjective containing chapters
Frequency rank 31695/72933
adhyāyana noun (neuter) learning study
Frequency rank 31696/72933
adhyāyanī noun (feminine) [rel.] name of a Śakti of Śiva
Frequency rank 42552/72933
adhyāyin adjective a student (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
engaged in reading (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11505/72933
adhyāśri verb (class 1 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 42554/72933
anadhyakṣa adjective not observable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not perceptible by the senses (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
without a superintendent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42619/72933
anadhyayana noun (neuter) intermission of study (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not reading or studying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26263/72933
anadhyavasāya noun (masculine) non-resolution
Frequency rank 22919/72933
anadhyātmavid adjective not aquainted with the adhyātman
Frequency rank 31721/72933
anadhyāpana noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 42620/72933
anadhyāpya adjective not to be taught
Frequency rank 42621/72933
anadhyāya noun (masculine) a time when there is intermission of study (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intermission of study (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7057/72933
anadhyārūḍha adjective
Frequency rank 31722/72933
apadhyā verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to curse mentally (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to have a bad opinion of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15425/72933
apadhyāna noun (neuter) envy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
jealousy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
meditation upon things which are not to be thought of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20621/72933
abadhya adjective nonsensical (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unmeaning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44032/72933
abadhyamāna adjective
Frequency rank 44033/72933
abhyadhyayana noun (neuter) study
Frequency rank 44455/72933
amadhya adjective without a centre
Frequency rank 32426/72933
amadhyama adjective not the middle one of whom none is the middle one (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20724/72933
amadhyastha adjective not indifferent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44558/72933
avadhya adjective inviolable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not to be killed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2662/72933
avadhyatā noun (feminine) inviolability (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23214/72933
avadhyamāna adjective unkillable
Frequency rank 32632/72933
avadhyā verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to disregard (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to think ill of (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23215/72933
avyadhya adjective [medic.] not to be pierced
Frequency rank 18932/72933
ātmavadhyā noun (feminine) suicide (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46332/72933
aikadhya noun (neuter) singleness of time or occurrence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11567/72933
aikadhyatas indeclinable
Frequency rank 48106/72933
aikadhyam indeclinable simultaneously
Frequency rank 12877/72933
dadhyanna noun (neuter) rice prepared with dadhi (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28305/72933
dadhyamla noun (masculine neuter) mastu a kind of sour yūṣa prepared with dadhi sour milk
Frequency rank 28306/72933
dadhyādi noun (masculine) name of a pharmacological varga
Frequency rank 54194/72933
dadhyuttara noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 21424/72933
dadhyuttaraka noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 54195/72933
dadhyoda noun (masculine) one of the oceans surrounding the earth
Frequency rank 54196/72933
dadhyodana noun (masculine neuter) boiled rice mixed with dadhi (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24178/72933
duradhyeya adjective difficult to be studied or learnt (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 54606/72933
nityānadhyāya noun (masculine) invariable suspension of repetition of the Vedas (as on the day of full moon etc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55996/72933
niradhyakṣa adjective without an inspector
Frequency rank 56078/72933
nirmadhyā noun (feminine) a particular fragrant substance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56265/72933
naiṣadhya adjective belonging or peculiar to the Nishadhas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56787/72933
pipīlikāmadhya adjective name of a kind of fast (beginning on the day of full moon with 15 mouthfuls) [a subtype of cāndrāyaṇa] (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36915/72933
pradhyā verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to consider (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to devise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to excogitate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to hit upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to meditate upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to reflect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to think of (acc. with or without prati) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10431/72933
pradhyāna noun (neuter) deep thought (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
meditating upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reflection (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
subtle speculation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
thinking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29209/72933
brahmadhyāna noun (neuter) [rel.] name of a Tīrtha
Frequency rank 60418/72933
bhujamadhya noun (neuter) the breast (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the elbow
Frequency rank 60810/72933
bhrūmadhya noun (neuter) the interval between the eyebrows (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37930/72933
madadhyā noun (feminine) name of a plant
Frequency rank 61267/72933
madhya adjective central (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impartial (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intermediate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lowest (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middle i.e. being of a middle kind or size or quality (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middlemost (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
neutral (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
standing between two (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
worst (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1464/72933
madhya noun (masculine neuter) (in alg.) the middle term or the mean of progression (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of weight a woman's waist (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle of the body (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38018/72933
madhyā noun (feminine) (in music) a particular tone (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a girl arrived at puberty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of metre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a young woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle finger (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21977/72933
madhya noun (neuter) (in music) mean time (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
abdomen (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
centre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
cessation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
inside (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
interior (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intermediate condition between (gen.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
interval (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
midday (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
midst (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a country between Sindh and Hindūstan proper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pause (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
space between (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
ten thousand billions (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the belly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the flank of a horse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the meridian (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle of the sky (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 137/72933
madhyakesara noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 61397/72933
madhyakṣāmā noun (feminine) name of a kind of metre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61398/72933
madhyaga adjective going or being in the middle or among (with gen. or ifc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15985/72933
madhyatas indeclinable among (gen. or comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
centrally (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
centrically (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
from or in the middle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
of middle sort (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
out of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4909/72933
madhyadeśa noun (masculine) abdomen (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
belly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middle region (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middle space (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the central or middle part of anything (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the inhabitants of the midland country (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the meridian (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle of the body (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the midland country (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the trunk of the body (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
waist (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9669/72933
madhyadeśa adjective belonging to or living in the midland country (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
of midland origin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61399/72933
madhyadeha noun (masculine) belly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle or trunk of the body (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61400/72933
madhyanāḍī noun (feminine) name of a nāḍī
Frequency rank 38019/72933
madhyanāla noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 61401/72933
madhyabhāga noun (masculine) the middle of the body (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle part or portion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
waist (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61402/72933
madhyama adjective (in astron.) mean (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
being or placed in the middle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
central (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impartial (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intermediate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middle-born (neither youngest nor oldest) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middlemost (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
moderate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a middle kind or size or quality (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
neutral (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
relating to the meridian (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
standing between two persons or parties (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1121/72933
madhyama noun (masculine) (in gram.) the 2nd person (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
(in music) the 4th or 5th note (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a class of gods (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of antelope (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular Rāga (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the 18th Kalpa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva the governor of a province (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle character in plays (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middlemost of the 3 scales (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middlemost prince, whose territory lies between that of a king seeking conquest and that of his foe (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the midland country (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17084/72933
madhyamā noun (feminine) (in music) a particular Mūrchanā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a central blossom (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a girl arrived at puberty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of metre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
eine Form der vāc midnight (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle finger (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the pericarp of a lotus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the womb (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6809/72933
madhyama noun (neuter) (in astron.) the meridian ecliptic point (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
defectiveness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mediocrity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9036/72933
madhyamagrāma noun (masculine) (in music) the middle scale (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61403/72933
madhyamapada noun (neuter) the middle number (which is sometimes omitted and requires to be supplied in a compound consisting of two words) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61404/72933
madhyamasāhasa noun (masculine neuter) violence or outrage of the middle class (injuring buildings, throwing down walls etc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21978/72933
madhyamāṅguli noun (masculine) the middle finger (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19806/72933
madhyamāmla noun (neuter) acid of middle quality, i.e. neither pungent nor very mild
Frequency rank 18296/72933
madhyamikā noun (feminine) a marriageable woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the 2nd or middle Grantha of the Kāṭhaka (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61405/72933
madhyameśa noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha
Frequency rank 29551/72933
madhyameśāna noun (masculine) name of a Liṅga at Avimukteśvara
Frequency rank 61406/72933
madhyameśvara noun (masculine neuter) name of a Liṅga of Śiva in Benares (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Tīrtha at Śrīśaila
Frequency rank 17085/72933
madhyarātra noun (masculine) midnight (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle watch of the night
Frequency rank 13685/72933
madhyarātri noun (feminine) midnight (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61407/72933
madhyavartin adjective being in the middle or between or among (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
central (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29552/72933
madhyasāraloha noun (neuter) a kind of metal
Frequency rank 61408/72933
madhyastha adjective a mediator (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a witness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
being between or among (gen. or comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
being in the middle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
being in the middle space i.e. in the air (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
being of a middle condition or kind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
belonging to neither or both parties (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impartial (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
indifferent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
neutral (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
standing between two persons or parties mediating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5566/72933
madhyastha noun (masculine) name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61409/72933
madhyaṃgata adjective moved to the middle (of the sky; the sun)
Frequency rank 38020/72933
madhyaṃdina noun (masculine) Bassia Latifolia (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
midday (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a disciple of Yājñavalkya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
noon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Pentapetes phoenicea Linn. the midday offering (Savana or Pavamāna) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6810/72933
madhyaṃdina noun (neuter) Midday (personified as a son of Puṣpārṇa) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61410/72933
madhyāṅguli noun (feminine) the middle finger (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38021/72933
madhyāhna noun (masculine) midday (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a pupil of śaṅkara (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
noon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3739/72933
madhye indeclinable (ifc.) in (ifc.) into among
Frequency rank 1024/72933
madhyebhakta noun (neuter) [medic.]
Frequency rank 38022/72933
yavamadhya noun (masculine) a kind of drum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular Pañca-rātra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] a kind of cāndrāyaṇa fast
Frequency rank 38517/72933
yavamadhyama noun (neuter) a kind of Cāndrāyaṇa or lunar penance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62952/72933
vadhya noun (masculine) a criminal an enemy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19984/72933
vadhyā noun (feminine) killing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
murder (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11067/72933
vadhyatā noun (feminine) fitness to be killed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the state of being sentenced to death (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19985/72933
vadhyabhūmi noun (feminine) a place of public execution (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64539/72933
vidradhyarāti noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 65639/72933
viyanmadhyahaṃsa noun (masculine) the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65965/72933
śūnyamadhya noun (masculine) a hollow reed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68108/72933
samadhyas verb (class 2 parasmaipada)
Frequency rank 68900/72933
samadhyās verb (class 2 ātmanepada) to inhabit to occupy to sit upon together
Frequency rank 40392/72933
samapadhyā verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to injure to think bad of
Frequency rank 68926/72933
saṃpradhyā verb (class 4 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 69988/72933
sumadhya adjective containing good stuffing (as meat) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
good in the middle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having a beautiful waist (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
slender-waisted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25900/72933
sumadhyamā noun (feminine) a graceful woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5409/72933
sūkṣmadhyāna noun (neuter) a kind of dhyāna
Frequency rank 31143/72933
stryadhyakṣa noun (masculine) chamberlain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the superintendent of a king's wives (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71731/72933
sthūladhyāna noun (neuter) a kind of dhyāna
Frequency rank 25966/72933
sthūlamadhya noun (masculine) barley
Frequency rank 71822/72933
hṛnmadhya noun (neuter) the aesophagus
Frequency rank 72667/72933
Ayurvedic Medical
Dictionary
Dr. Potturu with thanks
Purchase Kindle edition
 

adhyaśana

eating too soon after a meal; eating before the digestion of earlier meal.

adhyavasāya

ascertainment; mental effort.

chedi

a geographical region in ancient India corresponding to Bundelkhand region in Madhya Pradesh.

madhyamapancamūla

(madhyama.panca.mūla) country mallow balā, hogweed punrṇava, castor eranḍa, Uraria picta and Desmodium gangeticum śūrṇaparṇidvayam.

pañcapañcamūla

(panca.panca.mūla) the roots mentioned in bṛhatpañcamūla, madhyamapañcamūla, jīvanīyapañcamūla, tṛṇapañcamūla together with the roots of svādamṣṭa, śaireya and karamardika.

Wordnet Search
"adhy" has 134 results.

adhy

sandhiḥ, madhyasthāvalaṃbananiyamaḥ   

samayaṃ kṛtvā parasparaṃ svābhiyogāt kiñcidapāsanam।

kaśmīraviṣaye bhāratasya pākistānasya ca sandhiḥ āvaśyakaḥ। / śatrūṇāṃ na hi saṃdadhyātsuśliṣṭenāpi sandhinā।

adhy

madhyamakoṣṭakam, madhyamakoṣṭakaḥ   

tat koṣṭakaṃ yat vartulākārakoṣṭakāt bahiḥ sthāpyate।

koṣṭakasya praśne madhyamakoṣṭakaṃ niṣkāsya vartulākārakoṣṭakaṃ niṣkāsyate।

adhy

madhyakālaḥ, kālāntaram, abhyantarakālaḥ, avakāśaḥ, avadhiḥ   

krīḍādiṣu bhāgadvayāntargataḥ virāmakālaḥ।

krīḍāyāḥ madhyakāle ahaṃ kaṣāyapānārtham agaccham।

adhy

kaphoṇiḥ, kaphaṇiḥ, bhujāmadhyaḥ   

avayavaviśeṣaḥ, hastamadhyagataḥ avayavaḥ yena maṇibandha-bāhu-paryantaḥ hastaḥ anāyāsena parivartate।

vāhanabhraṃśena tasya kaphoṇiḥ āhataḥ।

adhy

madhyarātraḥ, ardharātraḥ, ardhaniśā, mahārātraḥ, mahāniśā, niśīthaḥ, sarvvāvasaraḥ, niḥsampātaḥ   

rātreḥ madhyam।

saḥ madhyarātre bhramati।

adhy

śūnyamadhya, śūnyagarbha, śūnyodara, suṣira, riktamadhya, riktagarbha, uttāna, vitāna, puṭākāra, garbhākāra, udarākṛti   

yasya madhyaḥ riktaḥ।

etad vādyaṃ śūnyamadhyam asti।

adhy

kendra binduḥ, kendram, madhya-binduḥ, nābhiḥ, madhyam, madhyaḥ, madhyasthānam, madhyasthalam, garbhaḥ, udaram, abhyantaram, hṛdayam   

kasyāpi vṛttasya paridheḥ paṅkteḥ vā yāthārthena madhye vartamāno binduḥ।

asya vṛttasya kendrabinduṃ chindantīṃ rekhāṃ likhatu।

adhy

vedhya, vedhanīya, vyadhya, bhedya, ṅedanīya, praveśanīya, praveśya, praveṣṭavya, vedhanārha, bhedārha, bhedayogya   

yasya bhedanaṃ śakyam।

eṣaḥ durgaḥ vedhyaḥ asti।

adhy

adhivāsita, adhyuṣita, vāsita, adhyāsita   

yatra janāḥ vasanti।

bhūkampanāt naikāḥ adhivāsitāḥ grāmāḥ naṣṭāḥ।

adhy

ācāryā, śikṣikā, adhyāpikā   

sā mahilā yā pāṭhayati।

mātā asmākaṃ prathamā ācāryā।

adhy

adhyāyaḥ, paricchedaḥ, adhyayaḥ, sargaḥ, parvaḥ, vicchedaḥ, skandhaḥ, prakaraṇam, prastāvaḥ, aṅkaḥ, vargaḥ, śākhā, ullāsaḥ, ucchvāsaḥ, āśvāsaḥ, udyataḥ   

ekaviṣayapratipādanadṛṣṭyā granthasthitaprakaraṇasya avayavaḥ।

asmin adhyāye prabhurāmacandrasya janmanaḥ adbhutaṃ varṇanam asti।

adhy

vidyālayaḥ, śālā, pāṭhaśālā, vidyālayam, vidyāveśma, vidyāgṛham, vidyābhyāsagṛham, vidyābhyāsaśālā, śikṣāgṛham, śikṣālayam, śikṣālayaḥ, adhyayanaśālā, adhyayanagṛham, maṭhaḥ, āśramaḥ, avasathaḥ, avasathyaḥ   

vidyāyāḥ ālayaḥ।

asmākaṃ vidyālaye ekādaśa prakoṣṭhāḥ santi/prātaḥ sarve chātrāḥ vidyālayaṃ gacchanti।

adhy

adhyāpikā, śikṣikā, ācāryā   

mahilā adhyāpakaḥ yā vidyālaye pāṭhayati।

asmin vidyālaye dvau adhyāpike pāṭhayataḥ।

adhy

vapanam, vāpaḥ, sasyāvāpaḥ, āvāpaḥ, adhyāvāpaḥ, bījoptiḥ, uptiḥ   

bījāropaṇasya kriyā।

adhunā kṛṣakaḥ godhūmasya vapanam karoti ।

adhy

madhyabhāga, madhyavartin, madhya   

kasyāpi sthānādinām kendrasthānam।

adhunā bhāratadeśasya madhyabhāge atīva vṛṣṭiḥ bhavati।

adhy

abhyantare, antaḥ, antarā, madhye   

kasya api nirdhāritasya samayasya athavā sthānasya sīmāyāḥ pūrvaṃ vā।

ahaṃ dvi-ghaṇṭāyāḥ abhyantare eva āgacchāmi।

adhy

paṭhanīya, supāṭhya, pāṭhya, paṭhya, adhyayanīya, adhyetavya, adhyeya   

paṭhanārthe yogyam।

mānasa iti ekaḥ paṭhanīyaḥ granthaḥ।

adhy

adhyāyaḥ, pāṭhaḥ, paricchedaḥ, sargaḥ, vargaḥ, udghātaḥ, aṅkaḥ, saṃgrahaḥ, ucchvāsaḥ, parivartaḥ, paṭalaḥ, parvaḥ, āhnikam, prakaraṇam   

granthasandhiḥ।

upādhyāyena pravacane gītāyāḥ pañcamasya adhyāyasya vivaraṇaṃ kṛtam।

adhy

adhyakṣaḥ, adhiṣṭhātā   

yaḥ sabhāyāḥ saṃsthāyāḥ vā pramukhaḥ।

sarvasammatipūrvakaḥ paṃḍita rāmānujaḥ asyāḥ saṃsthāyāḥ adhyakṣaḥ abhavat।

adhy

madhyavayaska   

yena yauvanaḥ atikrāntaḥ।

asmākaṃ prādhyāpikā madhyamavayaskā asti।

adhy

tatvajñānam, adhyātmajñānam   

ātmā tathā ca brahmaṇaḥ vivecanam।

tatvajñānam ātmāparamātmanoḥ bhedaṃ spaṣṭayati।

adhy

adhyādeśaḥ   

kasyāpi kāryavyavasthādisambandhī śāsanena dattaḥ ādhikārīrūpeṇa dattaḥ ādeśaḥ।

āyakaravibhāgena mārcamāsasya 31 dināṅkaṃ yāvat prārthanāpatraṃ pradānasya adhyādeśaḥ dattaḥ।

adhy

adhyāpakaḥ, śikṣakaḥ, ācāryaḥ, guruḥ   

yaḥ chātrān pāṭhayati।

adhyāpakaiḥ saha chātrāṇāṃ sambandhaḥ samyak apekṣate।

adhy

śikṣaṇam, adhyāpanam, dānam   

śikṣāpradānasya kāryam।

asmin vidyālaye julaimāsasya prathamadināt śikṣaṇam ārabhyate।

adhy

pāṭhakaḥ, adhyetā, paṭhakaḥ   

yaḥ adhyayanaṃ karoti।

kuśalaḥ pāṭhakaḥ kasyāpi viṣayasya adhyayanaṃ sūkṣmatayā karoti।

adhy

udāsīna, apakṣapātin, taṭastha, madhyastha   

ubhayapakṣabhinnaḥ।

naike udāsīnāḥ netāraḥ santi ataḥ kendraśāsanena kasyāpi dalasya śāsanaṃ na sthapitaṃ rāṣṭrapateḥ śāsanaṃ ghoṣitam।

adhy

adhyayanam, paṭhanam, adhigamanam, jñānārjanam   

kasyāpi viṣayasya jñānaprāptyarthaṃ kṛtā kriyā।

saḥ saṃskṛtasya adhyayanārthe kāśīnagaraṃ gatavān।

adhy

upaviś, ās, samās, adhyās, sad, nisad   

pādayoḥ ādhāraṃ tyaktvā kaṭiprothaḥ kasmin api ādhāre vinyasya āsanātmakaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

atithimahodayaḥ pradhānakakṣe upaviśati।

adhy

avakāśaḥ, anadhyāyaḥ   

viśiṣṭe dine niyamena kṛtaḥ virāmaḥ।

bhāratadeśasya śāsanena bhānuvāsare avakāśaḥ ghoṣitaḥ।

adhy

ādhyātmika, adhyātmika   

brahmatatvena ātmatatvena ca sambandhitaḥ।

bhagavadgītā iti ekaḥ ādhyātmikaḥ granthaḥ।

adhy

praviś, upaviś, upāviś, āviś, viviś, anvāviś, anuprapad, āgam, āyā, prayā, abhyupe, abhyavagāh, avasthā, āpad, āśri, āvas, upapad, upaprasad, upasaṃcar, upasaṃvraj, vigāh, samāruh, samāśri, same, saṃgāh, sampragāh, saṃpragāh, samprapad, vyāviś, pratipad, adhyāvas, prapad, āp, padaṃ kṛ, laṅgh   

antargamanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ paṭhitum adhyayanakakṣaṃ prāviśat।

adhy

madhyamapuruṣaḥ   

vyākaraṇe saḥ puruṣaḥ yena saha vārtālāpaḥ jāyate।

tvam yuvāṃ yūyam iti madhyamapuruṣasya nirdeśakāḥ।

adhy

prauḍhaḥ, madhyavayaskaḥ   

vṛddhāvasthā tāruṇyaṃ ca ityanayoḥ madhyagatā avasthā;

prauḍhena dhāvataḥ coraḥ pratigrāhitaḥ।

adhy

yatnaḥ, prayatnaḥ, ceṣṭā, ceṣṭitam, viceṣṭitam, ceṣṭanam, udyamaḥ, udyogaḥ, vyavasāyaḥ, adhyavasāyaḥ, adhyavasānam, pravṛttiḥ, vyāpāraḥ, āyāsaḥ, ghaṭanam, ghaṭanā, ghaṭā, grahaḥ, guraṇam, gūraṇam, goraṇam, upakramaḥ, karmayogaḥ, prayogaḥ, vyāyāmaḥ, utsāhaḥ   

īpsitasiddhyarthaṃ kriyamāṇaṃ kāryam।

udyoginaṃ puruṣasiṃham upaiti lakṣmīr daivena deyam iti kāpuruṣā vadanti। daivaṃ nihatya kuru pauruṣam ātmaśaktyā yatne kṛte yadi na sidhyati ko'tra doṣaḥ॥

adhy

madhyagaśulkam   

madhyagasya pāriśramikaḥ।

yadā nūtanaṃ gṛhaṃ krītaṃ tadā pratiśate daśaṃ madhyagaśulkaṃ dattam।

adhy

dadhyātañcaḥ   

dadhnaḥ ātañcaḥ।

dadhini dadhyātañcaḥ tathā ca jalaṃ pṛthak bhavati।

adhy

arjunaḥ, dhanañjayaḥ, pārthaḥ, śakranandanaḥ, gāṇḍivī, madhyamapāṇḍavaḥ, śvetavājī, kapidhvajaḥ, rādhābhedī, subhadreśaḥ, guḍākeśaḥ, bṛhannalaḥ, aindriḥ, phālgunaḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, kirīṭī, śvetavāhanaḥ, bībhatsuḥ, vijayaḥ, kṛṣṇaḥ, savyasācī, kṛṣṇaḥ, jiṣṇuḥ   

kunteḥ tṛtīyaḥ putraḥ।

arjunaḥ mahān dhanurdharaḥ āsīt।

adhy

madhyavīthikā   

paṅktidvayasya madhye vartamānaḥ mārgaḥ।

adhyakṣaḥ madhyavīthikayā mañce gataḥ।

adhy

cint, sañcint, vicint, paricint, pravicint, dhyai, anudhyai, upadhyai, abhidhyai, parīdhyai, paryāloc, pravimṛś, nirloc, vigaṇ, vigāh   

kāryaviṣayakaḥ viṣayaviṣayakaḥ vā vicāraṇānukūlaḥ manovyāpāraḥ।

vṛthā cintayati bhavān sarvaṃ bhadram eva bhavet।

adhy

saṃvivṛdh, vivṛdh, pravṛdh, adhyedh, adhivṛdh, abhivṛdh, ṛdh, edh, puṣ, prakḷp, mahīya, ruh, samedh, uttu, udṛ   

pūrvāpekṣayā śreṣṭhatarāvasthāprāpyanukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

ahani ahani tasya karmayogaḥ saṃvivardhate।

adhy

adhyāpaya, pāṭhaya, śikṣaya, upadeśaya, śās   

vidyādānānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

rāmānujaḥ vidyālaye gaṇitam adhyāpayati। / śiṣyaḥ te ahaṃ śādhi mām।

adhy

āvap, kṣip, nirvap, kṝ, paryavakṝ, pravap, prasṛj, anvāvap, adhivap, adhividhā, adhyāvap, samāvap, anuvap, parivap, saṃnirvap, vipru, apivap   

cūrṇādīnāṃ anyavastuni vikiraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

cikitsakaḥ rujāyām oṣadhim āvapati।

adhy

jambūvṛkṣaḥ, kṛṣṇaphalā, dīrghapatrā, madhyamā, svarṇamātā, śukapriyā, rājaphalā, nīlaphalā, sudarśanaḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ yasya phalāni kṛṣṇavarṇīyāni tathā ca yaḥ ciraharitaḥ asti।

tasya udyāne pañca jambūvṛkṣāḥ santi।

adhy

virāmaḥ, anujñā, avasānam, anadhyayanam   

kāryāt anujñāpūrvako virāmaḥ।

adhunā virāmasya avasaro nāsti।

adhy

madhye, madhyamasthāne   

madhyamuddiśya।

grāmasya madhye śivasya mandiram asti।

adhy

adhyātmavādaḥ   

saḥ siddhāntaḥ yaḥ ātmā tathā ca brahma pramukhau staḥ iti manyate।

kabīrasya dohā iti kāvyam adhyātmavādasya puṣṭiṃ karoti।

adhy

madhyaḥ, kendram   

madhyavarti sthānam।

gṛhasya madhye bhāge prāṅgaṇam asti।

adhy

madhyagaḥ, niyogī, niyuktaḥ   

vāṇijyakarmanirvahaṇe niyukto janaḥ।

etad yānaṃ mayā madhyagasya sāhāyyena krītam।

adhy

madhyagakāryam   

madhyagasya kāryam।

saḥ madhyagakāryāt bahu dhanaṃ prāptavān।

adhy

madhyāhnaḥ   

ahnaḥ saḥ bhāgaḥ yadā sūryaḥ ākāśe madhye vartate।

saḥ madhyāhne gṛhāt bahiḥ gataḥ।

adhy

madhyasthaḥ   

saḥ puruṣaḥ yaḥ vivāhasambandhaṃ yojayituṃ prayatati।

vadhūpitā vāraṃvāraṃ madhyasthaṃ dhanyavādān vitarati।

adhy

madhyapradeśaḥ   

bhāratarāṣṭre vartamānaṃ rājyam।

madhyapradeśasya rājadhānī bhopāla iti asti।

adhy

pāṭhaḥ, adhyāyaḥ   

sakṛt pāṭhanam pāṭhaḥ;

hariḥ pāṭhasya paṭhanam karoti

adhy

śikṣ, adhyāpaya   

vidhipūrvakaśikṣānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ mām pākavidhim aśikṣat।

adhy

madhyamasvaraḥ   

saṅgītasya saptasvareṣu caturthaḥ svaraḥ।

sā madhyamasvare gāyati। /madhyamasvaraḥ krauñcasvaratulyaḥ asti।

adhy

madhyasthaḥ, madhyamapuruṣaḥ, madhyasthitaḥ, carapuṣṭaḥ   

yaḥ dvayoḥ pakṣayoḥ madhye bhūtvā tayoḥ vyavahāre sulabhatām ānayati svasya kṛte lābhañca sampādayati।

rāmaśyāmayoḥ kalahe sohanaḥ madhyasthaḥ āsīt।

adhy

yuvatī, yuvatiḥ, taruṇī, yūnī, talunī, dikkarī, dhanikā, dhanīkā, madhyamā, dṛṣṭarajāḥ, madhyamikā, īśvarī, varyā   

prāptayauvanā strī। (prāg yauvanā yuvatiḥ iti vātsyāyanaḥ।);

yo yaṃ vicintayati yāni sa tanmayatvam। yassmād ataḥ subhagayā iva gatā yuvatyaḥ॥

adhy

rājyapālaḥ, adhyakṣaḥ, adhipatiḥ, adhiṣṭhātā, adhikārī, adhipaḥ, śāsitā, praśāsitā, śāstā, anuśāsakaḥ, adhikṛtaḥ   

kendraśāsanena niyuktaḥ rājyasya pradhāna śāsakaḥ।

bhārate rājyapālasya nirvācanaṃ sāmānyavaraṇena na bhavati।

adhy

āsīna, upaviṣṭa, adhyāsīna, abhiniviṣṭa   

yaḥ āsyate।

mañce āsīneṣu janeṣu mama gurucaraṇāḥ api santi।

adhy

adhyayanakakṣaḥ   

adhyayanārthe kakṣaḥ।

sudhīraḥ adhyayanakakṣe adhyayanaṃ karoti।

adhy

bhūmadhyarekhā, nirakṣaḥ, viṣuvadvṛttam, vyakṣaḥ, bhūvārāhavṛttam, viṣṇugolaḥ, viṣuvanmaṇḍalam, viṣuvadvalayam   

pṛthivyāḥ madhyabhāgaṃ sūcayantī ekā kālpanikī rekhā yasyāḥ dvau dhruvau samāne antare staḥ।

bhūmadhyarekhāṃ parītaḥ adhikā uṣṇatā bhavati।

adhy

madhyama   

yaḥ ākāreṇa bṛhat laghuḥ vā nāsti।

asya vṛkṣasya phalāni ākṛtyā madhyamāni santi।

adhy

madhyā, karṇikā   

avayavaviśeṣaḥ, madhyamāṅguliḥ।

aṅguliṣu madhyā unnatatamā।

adhy

vadhakaḥ, ghātakaḥ, daṇḍapāśikaḥ, vadhyāpuruṣaḥ, vadhakarmādhikārī   

udbandhanadaṇḍasya prāptṝṇām udbandhaṃ yaḥ karoti saḥ।

prāptamṛtyudaṇḍasya puruṣasya vadhakaḥ udbandhanam akarot।

adhy

vadhya, hanya   

vadhamarhyati;

rāṣṭradrohī vadhyaḥ asti।

adhy

stheyaḥ, madhyasthaḥ, pramāṇapuruṣaḥ, praśnavivākaḥ, prāśnikaḥ   

kañcit vivādaṃ nirṇetuṃ niyateṣu daleṣu kaścit ekaḥ sadasyaḥ।

stheyaḥ svanirṇayaṃ samyak vicārya kriyeta।

adhy

pradhānamadhyasthaḥ, mukhyapramāṇapuruṣaḥ, śreṣṭhī   

stheyagaṇeṣu pradhānaḥ puruṣaḥ।

stheyagaṇaiḥ saṃvādaṃ kṛtvā pradhānamadhyasthaḥ svanirṇayam aśrāvayat।

adhy

adhyāpanasādhanam   

tāni sādhanāni yāni śikṣārthe upayujyante।

bī eḍ ityasmin abhyāsakrame naikānām adhyāpanasādhanānām āvaśyakatā asti।

adhy

adhyāpakaḥ, guruḥ, ācāryaḥ, śikṣakaḥ, avabodhakaḥ   

yaḥ vidyālayāt anyatrāpi śulkaṃ svīkṛtya pāṭhayati।

rāhulasya adhyāpakaḥ pratidinaṃ pañcavādane taṃ pāṭhayitum āgacchati।

adhy

viśeṣavargam, adhyāpanam, śikṣaṇam, upadeśaḥ   

vidyālayasya samayād atirikte samaye kañcit śulkaṃ svīkṛtya śikṣakeṇa kṛtaṃ pāṭhanam।

idānīṃtanīye kāle chātrāḥ viśeṣavarge eva paṭhitum icchanti।

adhy

kāṇḍaḥ, kāṇḍam, sargaḥ, adhyāyaḥ, ullāsaḥ, parva   

kasyāpi viṣayasya granthasya vā vibhāgaḥ।

rāmāyaṇasya sapta kāṇḍāḥ santi।

adhy

śarīramadhyadeśaḥ   

udaravakṣasthalamadhyasthaḥ śarīrabhāgaḥ।

śarīramadhyadeśaḥ atīva namraḥ asti।

adhy

adhyardha, dvyardha   

sārdham ekam।

tena haṭṭāt adhyardham bhāravanti āmraphalāni krītāni।

adhy

ākram, adhyākram, prakram, vikram, vyativraj, āruh, adhyāruh   

dīrghapādanyāsayuktaḥ ekasmāt sthānāt anyasthānasaṃyogānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

bandiḥ kārāgṛhasya bhittim ākrāmat।

adhy

madhye sthā, madhye pat, parakāryeṣu vyāpṛ   

parakārye anadhikāritve api madhyastharūpeṇa vyavaharaṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

pitāputrayoḥ vivāde tvaṃ kimarthaṃ madhye tiṣṭhasi।

adhy

svīkṛ, aṃgīkṛ, urīkṛ, ūrīkṛ, abhyupagam, abhyupi, pratipad, prapad, adhyavaso, abhipad, abhiprapad, i   

dāyitvasvīkaraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

vivāhasya uttaradāyitvam ahaṃ svyakarot।

adhy

bhūmadhyasāgaraḥ   

yūropāphrikādeśayoḥ madhye vartamānaḥ samudraḥ।

bhūmadhyasāgare hyaḥ ekā yuddhanaukā nyamajjat।

adhy

niści, nirṇī, vyavaso, adhyavaso   

kāryaviśeṣasya avadhāraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

śāsakīyaṃ kāryaṃ mahatā prayāsena niścīyate।

adhy

khasvastikam, viṣṇupadam, ūrdhvā, nabhomadhyam, khamadhyam, svarmadhyam, gaganamadhyam, śirobinduḥ   

ākāśe śirasaḥ upari manyamānaḥ kalpitabinduḥ।

madhyāhne sūryaḥ khasvastike bhavati।

adhy

adhyūḍhā, adhivinnā, kṛtasapatnikā   

kṛtānekavivāhasya prathamavivāhitā strī।

rośanaḥ adhyūḍhā duḥkhena svamātṛgṛhaṃ gatavatī।

adhy

adhirūḍha, ārūḍha, adhiroha, upārūḍha, virūdha, āstita, adhyārūḍha   

ārohaṇakartā।

vṛkṣeṣu adhirūḍhānāṃ latānāṃ śobhā anupamā asti।

adhy

adhyakṣatvam   

adhyakṣasya padaṃ sthānaṃ vā।

kāṃgresasya adhyakṣatvaṃ gāndhīsoniyāmahodayayā punaḥ svīkriyate।

adhy

adhyadhikṣepaḥ   

atyadhikatiraskāraḥ।

asahanīyasya adhyadhikṣepasya kāraṇena saḥ ātmahatyāṃ kṛtavān।

adhy

adhyadhīna   

sampūrṇataḥ paratantraḥ।

adhyadhīnasya puruṣasya mānasikavikāsaḥ avaruddhaḥ jāyate।

adhy

adhyayanam   

gurumukhādānupūrvīśravaṇam;

devadattaḥ adhyayanam karoti

adhy

adhyavasita   

yena dṛḍhaḥ niścayaḥ kṛtaḥ।

adhyavasitaḥ puruṣaḥ niścayena lakṣyaṃ prāpnoti।

adhy

adhyāpita, śikṣita   

vidyayā abhyastam।

mayā adhyāpitāḥ chātrāḥ deśavideśeṣu kāryaṃ kurvanti।

adhy

adhyāropaḥ, āropaṇam   

bhramāt ekasya sthāne anyasya adhyāhārasya kriyā।

andhakāre adhyāropaḥ bhavati।

adhy

adhyāsanam, upaveśanam, āsanabandhaḥ, upaveśaḥ   

upaveśanakriyā।

vṛddhaḥ puruṣaḥ adhyāsanasya samaye patitaḥ।

adhy

adhyāsita   

sabhāpateḥ āsane upaviṣṭaḥ।

aham adhyāsitasya mahodayasya viṣaye śabdadvayam vaktum icchāmi।

adhy

anadhyayanam   

adhyayanasya abhāvaḥ।

anadhyayanāt uttīrṇatā na sambhavati।

adhy

anadhyāyaḥ   

śāstramanusṛtya pāṭhanāt virāmaḥ।

pratipadāyāṃ anadhyāyaḥ asti।

adhy

prauḍhāvasthā, madhyavayaskatā   

saḥ kālaḥ yadā kopi madhyavayaskaḥ bhavati।

tasya prauḍhāvasthā sukhena vyatītā।

adhy

niyaṃtrakaḥ, vaśī, adhikārī, śāstā, adhyakṣaḥ, adhiṣṭhātā   

yaḥ kāryāṇāṃ vastunaḥ avasthānāṃ vā niyantraṇaṃ karoti।

asmin vidyutayantre ekaḥ tāpasya niyantrakaḥ vartate।

adhy

bandhūkaḥ, bandhujīvakaḥ, raktakaḥ, bandhūjīvakaḥ, bandhukaḥ, bandhuḥ, bandhulaḥ, bandhujīvaḥ, bandhūliḥ, bandhuraḥ, raktaḥ, mādhyāhnikaḥ, oṣṭhapuṣpaḥ, arkavallabhaḥ, madhyandinaḥ, raktapuṣpaḥ, rāgapuṣpaḥ, haripriyaḥ   

kṣupakaviśeṣaḥ।

bandhūkasya śuklavarṇīyaṃ sugandhitaṃ puṣpaṃ bhavati।

adhy

adhyakṣīya   

adhyakṣeṇa sambaddham adhyakṣasya vā।

teṣām adhyakṣīyaṃ bhāṣaṇaṃ jñānavardhakaṃ prabhāvi ca āsīt।

adhy

rajasvalā, ṛtumatī, puṣpitā, ṛtumatī, kusumavatī, udakyā, madhyamikā, puṣpavatī, puṣpahāsā, avi, dṛṣṭapuṣpā, brahmaghātinī, mlānāṅgī   

sā strī yasyāḥ rajaṃ pravahati।

garbhasya dhāraṇāya akṣamā rajasvalā janaiḥ pīḍitā।

adhy

kṛśodarī, tanūdarī, alpamadhyamā, śātodarī   

yasyāḥ sūkṣmā kaṭiḥ।

ekā kṛśodarī nartakī nṛtyati।

adhy

avadhyaḥ   

hantum anarhaḥ।

avadhyānāṃ paśūnāṃ baliṃ na dadyāt।

adhy

avadhya   

yasya hananasya vidhānaṃ nāsti।

hindudharmānusāreṇa gauḥ avadhyaḥ paśuḥ।

adhy

avadhya   

yaḥ kenāpi hantuṃ na śakyate।

kim ekopi jīvaḥ avadhyaḥ।

adhy

adhyātmā-upaniṣad, adhyātmā   

ekā upaniṣad।

adhyātmā-upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

adhy

galagaṇḍaḥ, gaṇḍaḥ, gaṇḍiḥ, adhyarbudam, adhyarvudam   

kaṇṭhe jāyamānaḥ ekaḥ rogaviśeṣaḥ।

galagaṇḍaḥ gilāyuḥ ca kaṇṭhasya rogau।

adhy

tanumadhyā   

varṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ।

tanumadhyāyāḥ praticaraṇe ekaḥ tagaṇaḥ ekaḥ yagaṇaḥ ca bhavataḥ।

adhy

pṛthivī, bhūḥ, bhūmiḥ, acalā, anantā, rasā, viśvambharā, sthirā, dharā, dharitrī, dharaṇī, kṣauṇī, jyā, kāśyapī, kṣitiḥ, sarvasahā, vasumatī, vasudhā, urvī, vasundharā, gotrā, kuḥ, pṛthvī, kṣmā, avaniḥ, medinī, mahī, dharaṇī, kṣoṇiḥ, kṣauṇiḥ, kṣamā, avanī, mahiḥ, ratnagarbhā, sāgarāmbarā, abdhimekhalā, bhūtadhātrī, ratnāvatī, dehinī, pārā, vipulā, madhyamalokavartmā, dhāraṇī, gandhavatī, mahākāntā, khaṇḍanī, girikarṇikā, dhārayitrī, dhātrī, acalakīlā, gauḥ, abdhidvīpā, iḍā, iḍikā, ilā, ilikā, irā, ādimā, īlā, varā, ādyā, jagatī, pṛthuḥ, bhuvanamātā, niścalā, śyāmā   

martyādyadhiṣṭhānabhūtā।

pṛthivī pañcamam bhūtam

adhy

madhyama   

yat mahat nāsti laghu api nāsti।

asmin vane ākāreṇa madhyamāḥ vanaspatayaḥ santi।

adhy

madhyayugīna   

madhyayugasambandhī।

etad bhavanaṃ madhyayugīnāyāḥ śilpakalāyāḥ udāharaṇam asti।

adhy

kācaḥ, madhyonnatakācaḥ   

svacchaṃ prakāśi upakaraṇam।

kācaḥ prasāritān kiraṇān ekasmin sthāne yojayati prasārayati vā।

adhy

madhyāhnabhojanam   

madhyāhne kriyamāṇaṃ bhojanam।

adya vayaṃ sarve militvā madhyāhnabhojanaṃ kurmaḥ।

adhy

dakṣiṇa-madhyavartin   

dakṣiṇa-madhyabhāgena sambaddhaḥ।

saḥ dakṣiṇa-madhyavartini landanadeśe nivasati।

adhy

uttara-madhyavartin   

uttara-madhyabhāgena sambaddhaḥ।

asya parvatasya uttara-madhyavartini bhāge ekaḥ sādhuḥ nivasati।

adhy

vadhyadiṇḍimaḥ, vadhadiṇḍimam   

prācīne kāle vartamānaḥ paṭahaviśeṣaḥ yaḥ prāṇadaṇḍasya anuṣṭhānasamaye vādayate sma।

vadhyadiṇḍimasya dhvaniṃ śrutvā janeṣu bhayam utpadyate sma।

adhy

madhyamātreyaḥ   

ṛṣiviśeṣaḥ।

madhyamātreyasya varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu asti।

adhy

madhyā   

varṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ।

madhyāyāḥ pratyekasmin caraṇe trayaḥ varṇāḥ bhavanti।

adhy

madhyakālīna   

nātiprācīnaḥ nārvācīnaḥ api tu tayoḥ madhyaḥ eva kālaḥ।

saḥ madhyakālīnānāṃ vastūnām anveṣaṇaṃ karoti।

adhy

anadhyavasāyin, aprayatnaśīla, alpaceṣṭita, anudyamin, anudyogin, alasa, gehemehin, jihma, nirūdyama, niryatna, niṣkriyātman   

yaḥ prayatitum anutsukaḥ asti।

anadhyavasāyī manuṣyaḥ kadāpi yaśaḥ na prāpnoti।

adhy

adhyāyaḥ, parvam, yugam   

kasyāpi vyakteḥ jīvanakālaḥ athavā itihāsasya ko'pi viśiṣṭaḥ kālakhaṇḍaḥ।

mumbai-nagaryāṃ yad bhayāvaham abhūt tena ātaṅkavādibhiḥ ko'pi nūtanaḥ adhyāyaḥ prārabdhaḥ ityeva sūcitam।

adhy

adhiṣṭhita, adhyāsita, paryavasita, vyavasita   

kasmiñcit sthāne adhikakālaparyantaṃ yaḥ vasati।

amerikādeśe adhiṣṭhitaiḥ bhāratīyaiḥ bhāratadeśasya sahāyyaṃ karaṇīyam।

adhy

alpamadhyama   

kṛśayā kaṭyā yuktaḥ।

alpamadhyamaḥ nartakaḥ sarveṣāṃ manāṃsi ākarṣati।

adhy

ādhyātmikatā, adhyātmikatā   

ādhyātmikasya avasthā bhāvaḥ vā।

prema, dayā tathā ahiṃsā ādhyātmikatāṃ vardhayanti।

adhy

ākram, adhyākram, prakram, vikram, vyativraj   

balāt pararājyasya sīmānam ullaṅghya tatra praveśanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

śatravaḥ somanāthamandiram naikavāram ācakramuḥ।/parakīyaiḥ bhārataḥ naikavāram ākramyata।

adhy

madhyamavargīya   

ārthikastaraṃ sāmājikastaraṃ vā anusṛtya kṛte vibhāge uttamādhamayoḥ antarā sthitasya vargasya ghaṭakaḥ tadvargasambandhī ca।

na kadāpi svīkurmaḥ vayaṃ madhyamavargīyāṃ kanyāṃ vivāhārtham।

adhy

madhyasthatā, madhyavartitā   

madhyasthasya avasthā bhāvaḥ vā।

mātāpitroḥ madhyasthatayā bhrātroḥ madhye sandhiḥ jātaḥ।

adhy

madhyāvadhi   

yaḥ avadheḥ prāk vartate।

asmākaṃ pradeśe madhyāvadhi nirvācanam asti।

adhy

madhyamavargaḥ   

uccanimnayoḥ madhyastarīyaḥ vargaḥ।

vastūnāṃ mūlyavardhanena nimnavargeṇa saha madhyamavargaḥ api trastaḥ asti।

adhy

madhyaḥ, kendram   

kasyāpi vastunaḥ tat sthānaṃ yasmāt tasya prāntaḥ samāne antare bhavati।

prakoṣṭhasya madhye mandiram asti।

adhy

adhyayanaśīla   

yaḥ adhyayane viśeṣaṃ prayatnaṃ karoti।

adhyayanaśīlaḥ rameśaḥ kakṣāyāṃ sarvadā agrasthāne bhavati।

adhy

madhyapūrvaḥ   

turkīdeśāt uttaradiśi āphrikāṃ yāvat tathā pūrvadiśi īrāṇaṃ yāvat bhūmadhyasāgarasya samīpasthaḥ pradeśaḥ।

madhyapūrvaḥ pāścimātyasaṃskṛteḥ ugamasthānam asti।

adhy

upapradhānamadhyasthaḥ   

pradhānamadhyasthasya adhīnaḥ saḥ grāmasevakaḥ yaḥ tasya anupasthitau tasya sthāne kāryarataḥ bhavati।

upapradhānamadhyasthasya pradhānamadhyasthasya ca melanena atra vikāsaḥ na bhavati।

adhy

adhyayanapūrṇa   

adhyayanena sahitam।

bhavān asya pustakasya adhyayanapūrṇaṃ vivecanaṃ karotu।

adhy

dadhyāpūpaḥ   

tailaghṛtādiṣu bharjitaṃ kusūlapiṣṭasya vyañjanaṃ yad nimijya khādyate।

tasmai dadhyāpūpam atīva rocate।

adhy

badhyogaḥ, bādhyogaḥ   

bidādi gaṇeṣu ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

badhyogaḥ grāme jñānadānam akarot

adhy

sindhumadhyaḥ   

ekaṃ maṇḍalam ।

sindhumadhyasya ullekhaḥ vivaऱṇapustikāyām asti

adhy

dadhyānī   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ ।

dadhyānyāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

Parse Time: 2.066s Search Word: adhy Input Encoding: Devanagari IAST: adhy